Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017

 

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number 001-14669

 

PICTURE 25

 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED

(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

74-2692550

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton, Bermuda

 

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

 

 

1  Helen of Troy Plaza

 

 

El Paso, Texas

 

79912

(Registrant’s United States Mailing Address )

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (915) 225-8000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

 

Title of each class

   

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Shares, $0.10 par value per share

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes No

 

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer
 

Smaller reporting company

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes No

 

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of August 31, 2016, based upon the closing price of the common shares as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market on such date, was approximately $2,511,907,494 .

 

 

As of April 21, 2017 there were 27,053,836 common shares, $0.10 par value per share, outstanding.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be filed within one hundred and twenty days of the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report to the extent described herein.

 

 


 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

PAGE

 

 

PART I  

Item 1.

Business

2

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

19

 

Item 2.

Properties

19

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

19

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

19

 

 

PART II  

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

20

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

23

 

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

24

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

49

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

51

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

96

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

96

 

 

PART III  

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

97

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

97

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

97

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

97

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

97

 

 

PART IV  

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures

101

 

 

 

1


 

Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

In this report and the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes, unless otherwise indicated or the context suggests otherwise, references to “the Company”, “our Company”, “Helen of Troy”, “we”, “us”, or “our” refer to Helen of Troy Limited and its subsidiaries. We refer to the Company’s common shares, par value $0.10 per share, as “common stock.” References to “EMEA” refer to the combined geographic markets of Europe, the Middle East and Africa. We use product and service names in this report for identification purposes only and they may be protected in the United States and other jurisdictions by trademarks, trade names, service marks, and other intellectual property rights of the Company and other parties. The absence of a specific attribution in connection with any such mark does not constitute a waiver of any such right. All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to their respective owners. References to “fiscal” in connection with a numeric year denotes our fiscal year ending on the last day of February. References to “the FASB” refer to the Financial Accounting Standards Board. References to “GAAP” refer to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. References to “ASU” refer to the codification of GAAP in the Accounting Standards Updates issued by the FASB. References to “ASC” refer to the codification of GAAP in the Accounting Standards Codification issued by the FASB.  

 

PART I

Item 1. Business

Our Company

We incorporated in Texas in 1968 and were reorganized in Bermuda in 1994. We are a leading global consumer products company offering creative solutions for our customers through a diversified portfolio of well-recognized and widely-trusted brands. We have built leading market positions through new product innovation, product quality and competitive pricing.

Segment and Geographic Information

 

We have four business segments:  

 

·

Housewares .  Provides a broad range of products to help with food preparation, cooking, cleaning, organization, beverage service, and other tasks to ease everyday living for families. Sales for the segment are primarily to retailers, with some direct-to-consumer product distribution.

 

·

Health and Home .  Provides healthcare and home comfort products. Sales for the segment are primarily to retailers, with some direct-to-consumer product distribution.

 

·

Nutritional Supplements .  Provides premium branded doctor fomulated nutritional supplements, skincare and pain relief products to help people lead healthier, happier lives. This segment sells primarily direct-to-consumer.

 

·

Beauty.  Provides personal care, beauty care and wellness products including hair styling appliances; grooming tools; decorative haircare accessories; and liquid-, solid- and powder-based personal care products. This segment sells primarily to retailers and beauty supply wholesalers.

 

For more segment and geographic information concerning our net sales revenue, long-lived assets and operating income, refer to Note 20 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

2


 

Table of Contents

Our Strategic Initiatives

 

In fiscal 2015, we launched a transformational strategy designed to improve the performance of our business segments and strengthen our shared service capabilities. This strategy drives our decisions on where we will operate and how we will achieve our goals in markets around the world. The overall design of our business and organizational plan is intended to create sustainable and profitable growth and improve organizational capability. This strategy encompasses the following initiatives:

 

Invest in our core businesses

We have developed a portfolio of brands that are market leaders or have a path to grow their market position in attractive categories. We continue to invest behind our most productive brands, which represented approximately 60% of net sales revenue in fiscal 2017. We believe that strategic investment in new products, go-to-market plans and marketing activities will continue to accelerate the organic growth of these brands.

 

Strategic, disciplined mergers and acquisitions

We are continually looking for new businesses and opportunities to expand in categories and geographies where we believe we have critical mass and can develop or sustain a competitive advantage. We will also increase our brand reach through new licensing opportunities when and where it makes sense. We frequently assess our portfolio of products and businesses to ensure each has a role to support our long-term plans.

 

Invest in consumer-centric innovation

We have a long history of developing or acquiring new technologies, new products that improve consumers’ lives and new designs to differentiate our products from competitors. We continue to focus on innovation, both in our core categories and product adjacencies. We also focus on initiatives that create commercial value for existing products in order to increase their appeal and accelerate their organic growth. Consumer shopper preferences and behaviors have transformed the retail landscape from in-store to omni-channel purchasing experiences. As the retail consumer evolves, we continue to upgrade our digital talent and capabilities and operational capacity to thrive no matter how consumers choose to buy.

 

Upgrade our organization and people systems

We believe our employees are our most valuable assets. Attracting, retaining and developing talent is a key focus of our company to ensure we can continue to deliver strong business results.

 

Best in class shared services

We have developed a quality, diversified base of suppliers in North America and China. Through our shared service structure, we strive to improve our existing supplier base and infrastructure, develop new manufacturing partners, leverage scale, reduce lead times and apply best practices to ensure our products are innovative, on time, on cost and on quality. We also continue to invest in our distribution center capabilities and information technology systems while

applying discipline and best practices to leverage scale and achieve supply chain excellence. We use a similar approach across all our shared service functions.

 

Attack waste

We continue to adopt more efficient and effective approaches to managing people, teams and projects to best respond to today’s complex business environment. We believe that combining the best people and practices with the right technology provides a foundation for stable growth. We promote a culture of attacking waste to improve the quality of our products and services, reduce costs and enhance our capacity to handle increased volume in order to exceed the expectations of our customers and consumers.

 

Asset efficiency and shareholder friendly policies

As we manage our businesses for long-term growth and success in the marketplace, we are also looking to manage our overall base of assets and capital structure to increase shareholder value. We focus on maximizing cash flow, controlling our costs, return on investment, increasing the efficiency of the capital we deploy, and optimizing working capital. We also seek to invest in accretive and strategic acquisitions and, where appropriate, provide a return of capital to shareholders.

3


 

Table of Contents

Our Products

The following table summarizes the types of products we sell by business segment:

 

 

 

 

 

Segment

 

Product Category

 

Primary Products

Housewares

 

Food and Beverage Preparation and Storage

 

Food and beverage preparation tools and gadgets, storage containers and organization products

 

 

Cleaning, Bath and Garden

 

Household cleaning products, shower organization and bathroom accessories

 

 

Infant and Toddler

 

Feeding and drinking products, child seating, cleaning tools and nursery accessories

 

 

Hot and Cold Beverage and Food Containers

 

Insulated water bottles, jugs, drinkware, travel mugs and food containers

Health & Home

 

Healthcare

 

Thermometers, blood pressure monitors and humidifiers

 

 

Water Filtration

 

Faucet mount water filtration systems and pitcher based water filtration systems

 

 

Home Environment

 

Air purifiers, heaters, fans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers

Nutritional Supplements

 

Vitamins, Minerals and Supplements

 

Heart, digestive, joint, blood sugar, sleep, brain and vision support

 

 

Topical Products

 

Skin care, safe beauty and pain relief support

Beauty

 

Retail/Professional Appliances and Accessories

 

Hair, facial and skin care appliances, grooming brushes, tools and decorative hair accessories

 

 

Grooming, Skin Care and Hair Care

 

Liquid hair styling, treatment and conditioning products, shampoos, skin care products, fragrances, deodorants and antiperspirants

 

Our Trademarks

We sell certain of our products under trademarks licensed from third parties. We also market products under a number of trademarks that we own.   We believe our principal trademarks, both owned and licensed, have high levels of brand name recognition among retailers and consumers throughout the world. Through our favorable association with our licensors, we believe we have developed stable, enduring relationships that provide access to unique brands that complement our owned and internally developed trademarks.

 

The Beauty and Health & Home segments depend upon the continued use of trademarks licensed under various agreements for a substantial portion of their net sales revenue. New product introductions under licensed trademarks require approval from the respective licensors. The licensors must also approve the product packaging. Many of our license agreements require us to pay minimum royalties, meet minimum sales volumes and some require us to make minimum levels of advertising expenditures.

4


 

Table of Contents

The following table lists some of our key trademarks by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment

 

Owned

 

Licensed

Housewares

 

OXO®, Good Grips®, Hydro Flask®, Soft Works®, OXO tot®

 

 

Health & Home

 

PUR®

 

Honeywell ® , Braun ®, Vicks ®

Nutritional Supplements

 

Omega Q Plus® Resveratrol ,   Probiotic Advantage®, OxyRub®, Sleep Answer®, Trilane ®  

 

 

Beauty

 

Hot Tools ®, Brut ®, Pert®, Sure®, Infusium 23 ®

 

Revlon ®, Bed Head®

 

Patents and Other Intellectual Property

We maintain utility and design patents in the United States and several foreign countries. We also protect certain details about our processes, products and strategies as trade secrets, keeping confidential the information that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage.

 

Sales and Marketing

We currently market our products in approximately 75 countries throughout the world. Sales within the United States comprised approximately 81%, 80% and 79% of total net sales revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our segments primarily sell their products through mass merchandisers, drugstore chains, warehouse clubs, home improvement stores, catalogs, grocery stores, specialty stores, beauty supply retailers, e-commerce retailers, wholesalers, and various types of distributors, as well as directly to consumers. We collaborate extensively with our retail customers and, in many instances, produce specific versions of our product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores, which are appropriately priced for their respective customer bases. We market products principally through the use of outside sales representatives and our own internal sales staff, supported by our internal marketing, category management, engineering, creative services, and customer and consumer service staff. These groups work closely together to develop pricing and distribution strategies, to design packaging and to help develop product line extensions and new products.

 

The Nutritional Supplements segment sells directly to consumers through highly targeted catalog and other printed collateral mailings, online and direct response print, radio and television media. The segment also sells over the telephone through customer call centers. The segment maintains exclusive development and marketing relationships with several medical and wellness professionals, who provide research and advocacy for Company products and are key components of its marketing and customer outreach programs. The Nutritional Supplements segment does not have any material formal relationships with any re-distributors, nor does it maintain any field sales force outside of its call centers.

 

Research and Development

Our research and development activities focus on new, differentiated and innovative products designed to drive sustained organic growth. We continually invest to strengthen our product design and research and development capabilities, including extensive study to gain consumer insight. Information regarding our research and development costs for each of the past three fiscal years is included in Note 1 to consolidated financial statements and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

5


 

Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Distribution

We contract with unaffiliated manufacturers, primarily in China and Mexico, to manufacture a significant portion of our finished goods for the Beauty appliances and accessories, Housewares, Healthcare, Water Filtration, and Home Environment product categories. The Nutritional Supplements segment and the North American region of the grooming, skin and hair care category of the Beauty segment source most of their products from U.S. manufacturers. For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, finished goods manufactured by vendors in the Far East comprised approximately 67%, 68% and 67%, respectively, of total finished goods purchased.

 

In total, we occupy approximately 3,480,000 square feet of distribution space in various locations to support our operations, which includes a 1,200,000 square foot distribution center in Southaven, Mississippi, and a 1,300,000 square foot distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi, used to support a significant portion of our domestic distribution. We ship Housewares, Nutritional Supplements and Beauty grooming, skin care and hair care solutions products out of the Southaven facility. We ship Health & Home and Beauty segment appliance products out of the Olive Branch facility.

 

Customers

Sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (including its worldwide affiliates) accounted for approximately 15%, 16% and 18% of our consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. No other customers accounted for 10% or more of consolidated net sales revenue during those fiscal years. Sales to our top five customers accounted for approximately 43%, 40% and 41% percent of our consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Order Backlog

When placing orders, our individual consumer, retail and wholesale customers usually request that we ship the related products within a short time frame. As such, there usually is no significant backlog of orders in any of our distribution channels.

 

Seasonality

SEASONALITY AS A PERCENTAGE OF ANNUAL NET SALES REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended

 

 

 

the   Last   Day   of   February,

 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

 

May

 

 

22.6

%  

 

22.3

%  

 

21.6

%  

August

 

 

24.0

%  

 

23.9

%  

 

22.1

%  

November

 

 

28.9

%  

 

28.8

%  

 

30.2

%  

February

 

 

24.5

%  

 

25.0

%  

 

26.1

%  

 

The overall sales pattern for our Nutritional Supplements segment is not highly seasonal. Our other segments are seasonal due to different calendar events, holidays and seasonal weather patterns. Historically, the third fiscal quarter produces the highest net sales revenue during the fiscal year.

 

Competitive Conditions

We sell our products in markets that are very competitive and mature. Our products compete against similar products of many large and small companies, including well-known global competitors. In many of the markets and industry segments in which we sell our products we compete against other branded products as well as retailers' private-label brands. We believe that we have certain key competitive advantages, such as well recognized brands, engineering expertise and innovation, sourcing and supply chain know-how, and productive co-development relationships with our Far East manufacturers. We support our products with advertising, promotions and other marketing activities, as well as an extensive sales force in order to build awareness and to encourage new consumers to try our brands and products.  We are well positioned in the industry segments and markets in which we operate, often holding a leadership or significant market share position. We believe these advantages allow us to bring our retailers a value proposition in our products that can significantly out-perform private label products in most categories.

6


 

Table of Contents

We believe the market for the Nutritional Supplements segment is growing, but highly fragmented. Competition includes multi-level marketers, internet sites, specialty and mass retailers, pharmacy, grocery, and membership clubs. The primary competitive factors across these channels are pricing, perceived value and efficacy of ingredients, supporting clinical research, product claims, ease of ordering, customer service, and cost of delivery.

 

The following table summarizes our primary competitors by business segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment

 

Competitor

Housewares

 

Lifetime Brands, Inc. (KitchenAid), Newell Brands Inc., Simple Human LLC, Newell Brands Inc. (Contigo), Yeti Holdings, Inc. (Yeti), Can’t Live Without It, Inc. (S’well)

Health & Home

 

Exergen Corporation, Omron Healthcare, Inc., Crane Engineering, Newell Brands, Lasko Products, LLC., The Clorox Company (Brita), Zero Technologies, LLC.

Nutritional Supplements

 

Mercola.com, Life Extension, Swanson Health Products

Beauty

 

Conair, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (Remington), Newell Brands Inc., The Procter & Gamble Company, Unilever N.V., Colgate-Palmolive Company

 

Governmental,  Regulatory and Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to national, state, local, and provincial jurisdictions’ environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.  Many of the products we sell are subject to a number of product safety laws and regulations in various jurisdictions. These laws and regulations specify the maximum allowable levels of certain materials that may be contained in our products, provide statutory prohibitions against misbranded and adulterated products, establish ingredients and manufacturing procedures for certain products, specify product safety testing requirements, and set product identification and labeling requirements.

 

The Nutritional Supplements segment operates almost entirely in the United States. Importing, manufacturing, processing, formulating, packaging, labeling, distributing, selling, and advertising of our Nutritional Supplements segment products may be subject to regulation by one or more federal or state agencies. The Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) rules impose requirements on the manufacture, packaging, labeling, holding, and distribution of dietary supplement products. For example, it requires that companies establish extensive written procedures and controls governing various areas and requires identity testing of all incoming ingredients unless a company successfully petitions for an exemption from this testing requirement in accordance with the regulations. FDA prescribed good manufacturing practices are designed to ensure that dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated with contaminants or impurities, and are accurately labeled to reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the products. The Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and the FDA share jurisdiction over the promotion and advertising of dietary supplements. Pursuant to a memorandum of understanding between the two agencies, the FDA has primary jurisdiction over claims that appear on product labels and labeling and the FTC has primary jurisdiction over product advertising.

 

Additionally, an emerging trend with both governments and our retail customers is to prescribe public and private social accountability reporting requirements regarding our worldwide business activities. In our product space, some requirements have already been mandated and we believe others may become required. Examples of current requirements include conflict minerals content reporting and reporting of foreign fair labor practices in connection with our supply chain vendors.

   

We believe that we are in material compliance with these laws, regulations and other reporting requirements. Further, the cost of maintaining compliance has not had a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and consolidated financial condition, nor do we expect it to do so in the foreseeable future. Due to the nature of our

7


 

Table of Contents

operations and the frequently changing nature of compliance and social reporting standards and technology, we cannot predict with any certainty that future material capital or operating expenditures will not be required in order to comply with applicable laws, regulations and other reporting mandates.

 

Employees

As of February 28, 2017, we employed approximately 1,685 full-time employees worldwide. We also use temporary, part-time and seasonal employees as needed. None of our U.S. employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Certain of our employees in Europe are covered by collective arrangements in accordance with local practice. We have never experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have satisfactory working relations with our employees.

Available Information

We maintain our main Internet site at the following address: 1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H1H http://www.hotus.com. The information contained on this website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report. We make available on or through our main website’s Investor Relations page under the heading “SEC Filings” certain reports and amendments to those reports that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These include our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statements on Schedule 14A, amendments to these reports, and the reports required under Section 16 of the Exchange Act of transactions in our common stock by directors and officers. We make this information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Also, on the Investor Relations page, under the heading “Corporate Governance,” are the Company’s Code of Ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines and the Charters of the Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

8


 

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K when deciding whether to invest in our securities or otherwise evaluating our business. If any of the following risks or other events or circumstances described elsewhere in this report materialize, our business, operating results or financial condition may suffer. In this case, the trading price of our common stock and the value of your investment might significantly decline. The risks listed below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks unknown to us or that we currently believe are insignificant may also affect our business.

 

Our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner and to satisfy our customers’ fulfillment standards are subject to several factors, some of which are beyond our control.

 

Retailers place great emphasis on timely delivery of our products for specific selling seasons, especially during our third fiscal quarter, and on the fulfillment of consumer demand throughout the year. We cannot control all of the various factors that might affect product delivery to retailers. Vendor production delays, difficulties encountered in shipping from overseas, customs clearance delays, and operational issues with any of the third-party logistics providers we use in certain countries are on-going risks of our business. We also rely upon third-party carriers for our product shipments from our distribution centers to customers. In certain circumstances, we rely on the shipping arrangements our suppliers have made in the case of products shipped directly to retailers from the suppliers. Accordingly, we are subject to risks, including labor disputes, inclement weather, natural disasters, possible acts of terrorism, availability of shipping containers, and increased security restrictions associated with the carriers’ ability to provide delivery services to meet our shipping needs. Failure to deliver products to our retailers in a timely and effective manner, often under special vendor requirements to use specific carriers and delivery schedules, could damage our reputation and brands and result in loss of customers or reduced orders.

 

Large sophisticated customers may take actions that adversely affect our gross profit and operating results.

 

With the continuing trend towards retail trade consolidation, we are increasingly dependent upon key customers whose bargaining strength is substantial and growing. We may be negatively affected by changes in the policies of our customers, such as on-hand inventory reductions, limitations on access to shelf space, use of private label brands, price demands, and other conditions, which could negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

In addition, the growth in e-commerce sales, both by large traditional retailers and pure-play online retailers such as Amazon, has increased the size and influence of these types of customers. Certain of these customers source and sell products under their own private label brands that compete with our products. As certain large customers and online retailers grow even larger and become more sophisticated, they may continue to demand lower pricing, special packaging, shorter lead times for the delivery of products, smaller more frequent shipments, or impose other requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship. If we do not effectively respond to these demands, these customers could decrease their purchases from us. A reduction in the demand for our products by these customers and the costs of complying with their business demands could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We are subject to risks related to our dependence on the strength of retail economies and may be vulnerable in the event of a prolonged economic downturn.

 

Our business depends on the strength of the retail economies in various parts of the world, primarily in North America and to a lesser extent EMEA, Asia and Latin America. These retail economies are affected primarily by factors such as consumer demand and the condition of the retail industry, which, in turn, are affected by general economic conditions and specific events such as natural disasters, terrorist attacks and political unrest. Consumer spending in any geographic region is generally affected by a number of factors, including local economic conditions, government actions, inflation, interest rates, energy costs, unemployment rates, gasoline prices, and consumer confidence, all of which are beyond our control. Consumer purchases of discretionary items tend to decline during recessionary periods, when disposable income is lower, and may impact sales of our products. Any relapse into recession in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Mexico or any of the other countries in which we conduct significant business, may continue to cause significant

9


 

Table of Contents

readjustments in both the volume and mix of our product sales, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our operating results are dependent on sales to several large customers and the loss of, or substantial decline in, sales to a top customer could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

 

A few customers account for a substantial percentage of our net sales revenue. Our financial condition and operating results could suffer if we lost all or a portion of the sales to any one of these customers. In particular, sales to our largest customer accounted for approximately 15% of our consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2017. While only one customer individually accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2017, sales to our top five customers accounted for approximately 43% of fiscal 2017 consolidated net sales revenue. We expect that a small group of customers will continue to account for a significant portion of our net sales revenue. Although we have long-standing relationships with our major customers, we generally do not have written agreements that require these customers to buy from us or to purchase a minimum amount of our products. A substantial decrease in sales to any of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. We regularly monitor and evaluate the credit status of our customers and attempt to adjust sales terms as appropriate. Despite these efforts, a deterioration in the credit worthiness or bankruptcy filing of a key customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Expectations regarding recent acquisitions, and any future acquisitions or divestitures, including our ability to realize related synergies, along with our ability to effectively integrate acquired businesses or disaggregate divested businesses, may adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

We continue to look for opportunities to make complementary strategic business and/or brand acquisitions.   Additionally, we frequently evaluate our portfolio of business products and may consider divestitures or exits of businesses that we no longer believe to be an appropriate strategic fit.  Our financial results could be impacted in the event that changes in the cash flows or other market-based assumptions or conditions cause the value of acquired assets to fall below book value, or we are not able to deliver the expected benefits or synergies associated with aquisition transactions, which could also have an impact on associated goodwill and intangible assets.  Any acquisition or divestiture, if not favorably received by consumers, shareholders, analysts, and others in the investment community, could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

 

In addition, any acquisition involves numerous risks, including:

 

·

difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, products, and personnel associated with the acquisitions;

 

·

difficulties in integrating distribution channels;

 

·

diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

 

·

difficulties in transitioning and preserving customer, contractor, supplier, and other important third-party relationships;

 

·

difficulties realizing anticipated cost savings, synergies and other benefits related to an acquisition;

 

·

risks associated with subsequent losses or operating asset write-offs, contingent liabilities and impairment of related acquired intangible assets;

 

·

risks of entering markets in which we have no or limited experience; and

 

·

potential loss of key employees associated with the acquisitions.

 

10


 

Table of Contents

If our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets become impaired, we will be required to record impairment charges, which may be significant.  

   

A significant portion of our long-term assets continues to consist of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past acquisitions. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather review them for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If our analysis indicates that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The steps required by GAAP entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity.

   

We now complete our analysis of the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Events and changes in circumstances that may indicate there is impairment and which may indicate interim impairment testing is necessary include, but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic, political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic environment on our customer base and on broad market conditions that drive valuation considerations by market participants; our internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and the assumptions we make when performing our impairment reviews; a significant decrease in the market price of our assets; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which our assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect our assets; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset. We analyze these assets at the individual asset, reporting unit and company levels. As a result of such circumstances, we may be required to record a significant charge to net income in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Due to recent declines in revenue associated with our Nutritional Supplements segment, our annual impairment testing of  goodwill and other intangible assets for the segment reflected a fair value that was in excess of the carrying value of the segment by a smaller margin than occurred in previous impairment tests.  In addition, the fair value of the indefinite lived brand asset was determined to be less than the carrying value and impairments of $9.5 million were recorded during fiscal 2017. The fair value was determined using primarily a discounted cash flow model and we believe our assumptions of future revenue, gross margin and operating expenses are reasonable in the circumstances. However, as we continue to execute our strategy, actual results could differ from our current expectations. To the extent that our forecasted cash flows were to decline further, it is reasonably likely that we could record impairment expense or incur other charges or losses in the future. We are unable to project what, if any, expense, charges or losses will be in future periods. We will continue to closely monitor performance and market conditions relating to this segment and conduct our annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018.

 

We rely on   our Chief Executive Officer and a limited number of other key senior officers to operate our business. The loss of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The loss of our Chief Executive Officer or any of our key senior officers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition, particularly if we are unable to hire and integrate suitable replacements on a timely basis. Further, as we continue to grow our business, we will need to expand our senior management team. If we are unable to attract or retain these persons, this could hinder our ability to grow our business and could disrupt our operations or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

11


 

Table of Contents

Our operating results may be adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

Our functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. Changes in the relation of other foreign currencies to the U.S. Dollar will affect our sales and profitability and can result in exchange losses because we have operations and assets located outside the United States. We transact a certain portion of our international business in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar (“foreign currencies”). Such transactions include sales, certain inventory purchases and operating expenses. As a result, portions of our cash, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, foreign operations will continue to expose us to foreign currency fluctuations, both for purposes of actual conversion and financial reporting purposes. Additionally, we purchase a substantial amount of our products from Chinese manufacturers in U.S Dollars. The Chinese Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. Dollar in recent years, devaluing by approximately 5% against the U.S. Dollar during fiscal 2017. Chinese Reminbi currency fluctuations add volatility to our product costs over time.

Where operating conditions permit, we seek to reduce foreign currency risk by purchasing most of our inventory with U.S. Dollars and by converting cash balances denominated in foreign currencies to U.S. Dollars. We have also historically hedged against certain foreign currency exchange rate-risk by using a series of forward contracts to protect against the foreign currency exchange risk inherent in our forecasted transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. We enter into these types of agreements where we believe we have meaningful exposure to foreign currency exchange risk and the contract pricing appears reasonable. It is not practical for us to hedge all our exposures, nor are we able to accurately project the possible effect and interplay of all foreign currency fluctuations on translated amounts or future net income due to our constantly changing exposure to various currencies, the fact that each foreign currency reacts differently to the U.S. Dollar and the significant number of currencies involved.

 

The impact of future foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations cannot be accurately predicted. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that foreign currency exchange rates:

 

·

will be stable in the future;

 

·

can be mitigated with currency hedging or other risk management strategies; or

 

·

will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Disruptions in U.S., Euro zone and other international credit markets may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Disruptions in national and international credit markets could result in limitations on credit availability, tighter lending standards, higher interest rates on consumer and business loans, and higher fees associated with obtaining and maintaining credit availability. Disruptions may also materially limit consumer credit availability and restrict credit availability to us and our customer base. In addition, in the event of disruptions in the financial markets, current or future lenders may become unwilling or unable to continue to advance funds under any agreements in place, increase their commitments under existing credit arrangements or enter into new financing arrangements. The failure of our lenders to provide sufficient financing may constrain our ability to operate or grow the business and to make complementary strategic business and/or brand acquisitions. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our business is subject to weather conditions, the duration and severity of the cold and flu season and other related factors, which can cause our operating results to vary from quarter to quarter and year to year.

 

Sales in our Health & Home segment are influenced by weather conditions. Sales volumes for thermometry, humidifiers and heating appliances are higher during, and subject to, the severity of the cold weather months, while sales of fans, dehumidifiers and insect control devices are higher during, and subject to, weather conditions in spring and summer months. Weather conditions can also more broadly impact sales across the organization. For instance, natural disasters (such as hurricanes and ice storms) or unusually severe winter weather may result in temporary unanticipated reductions in retail traffic and consumer demand, may impact our ability to staff our distribution facilities or could otherwise impede timely transport and delivery of product from our distribution facilities. Sales in our Health & Home segment are also

12


 

Table of Contents

impacted by cough, cold and flu seasonal trends, including the duration and severity of the cold and flu season. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We are dependent on third-party manufacturers, most of which are located in the Far East, and any inability to obtain products from such manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

All of our products are manufactured by unaffiliated companies, most of which are in the Far East, principally in China. This concentration exposes us to risks associated with doing business globally, including: changing international political relations; labor availability and cost; changes in laws, including tax laws, regulations and treaties; changes in labor laws, regulations and policies; changes in customs duties and other trade barriers; changes in shipping costs; currency exchange fluctuations; local political unrest; an extended and complex transportation cycle; the impact of changing economic conditions; and the availability and cost of raw materials and merchandise. The political, legal and cultural environment in the Far East is rapidly evolving, and any change that impairs our ability to obtain products from manufacturers in that region, or to obtain products at marketable rates, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

With most of our manufacturers located in the Far East, our production lead times are relatively long. Therefore, we must commit to production in advance of customer orders. If we fail to forecast customer or consumer demand accurately, we may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders on a timely basis or in liquidating excess inventories. We may also find that customers are canceling orders or returning products. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The availability, purity and integrity of raw materials used in the manufacture of the Nutritional Supplements segment’s products could be compromised.

 

The Nutritional Supplements segment depends on outside suppliers for raw materials, acquiring all of its raw materials for the manufacture of its products from third-party suppliers. The segment uses multiple agreements for the supply of materials used in the manufacture of its products in order to hedge against shortages or potential spikes in material costs. The segment also contracts with third-party manufacturers and suppliers for the production of its products. In the event of a loss of any significant supplier, the segment could experience difficulties in finding or transitioning to alternative suppliers, which could result in product shortages or product back orders, which could harm its business. There can be no assurance that suppliers will be able to provide the segment with the raw materials in the quantities and at the appropriate level of quality requested or at prices it will be willing to pay. The segment is also subject to the delays caused by any interruption in the production of these materials including weather, crop conditions, climate change, transportation interruptions, and natural disasters or other catastrophic events.

 

Occasionally, suppliers have experienced production difficulties with respect to the segment’s products, including the delivery of materials or products that do not meet rigorous quality control standards. These quality problems have in the past resulted in, and in the future could result in, stock outages or shortages of our products, and could harm sales or create inventory write-offs for unusable product.

 

Increased costs of raw materials and energy may adversely affect our operating results and cash flow.

 

Significant increases in the costs and availability of raw materials and energy may negatively affect our operating results. Our suppliers purchase significant amounts of metals and plastics to manufacture our products. In addition, they also purchase significant amounts of electricity to supply the energy required in their production processes. Middle East tensions and related political instabilities may drive up fuel prices resulting in higher transportation prices and product costs. The cost of these raw materials and energy, in the aggregate, represents a significant portion of our cost of goods sold and certain operating expenses, which we may not be able to pass on to our customers. Our operating results could be adversely affected by future increases in these costs.

 

13


 

Table of Contents

Certain of our U.S. distribution facilities are geographically concentrated and operate during peak shipping periods at or near capacity. These factors increase our risk that disruptions could occur and significantly affect our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner. Such disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Most of our U.S. distribution, receiving and storage functions are consolidated into two distribution facilities in northern Mississippi. Approximately 66% of our consolidated gross sales volume shipped from facilities in this region in fiscal 2017. For this reason, any disruption in our distribution process in either of these facilities, even for a few days, could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Additionally, our U.S. distribution operations may incur capacity constraints during peak shipping periods as we continue to grow our sales revenue through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. These and other factors described above could cause delays in the delivery of our products and increases in shipping and storage costs that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our projections of product demand, sales and net income are highly subjective in nature and our future sales and net income could vary in a material amount from our projections.

 

From time to time, we may provide financial projections to our shareholders, lenders, investment community, and other stakeholders of our future sales and net income. Since we do not require long-term purchase commitments from our major customers and the customer order and ship process is very short, it is difficult for us to accurately predict the demand for many of our products, or the amount and timing of our future sales, related net income and cash flows. Our projections are based on management’s best estimate of sales using historical sales data and other relevant information available at the time. These projections are highly subjective since sales to our customers can fluctuate substantially based on the demand of their retail customers and related ordering patterns, as well as other risks described in this report. Additionally, changes in retailer inventory management strategies could make our inventory management more difficult. Due to these factors, our future sales and net income could vary materially from our projections.

 

We rely on licensed trademarks with third parties and license certain trademarks to third parties in exchange for royalty income, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

 

A substantial portion of our sales revenue comes from selling products under licensed trademarks. As a result, we are dependent upon the continued use of these trademarks. Additionally, we license certain owned trademarks to third parties in exchange for royalty income. It is possible that certain actions taken by us, our licensors, licensees, or other third parties might diminish greatly the value of any of our licensed trademarks. Some of our licensors and licensees also have the ability to terminate their license agreements with us at their option subject to each parties’ right to continue the license for a limited period of time following notice of termination. If we or our licensees were unable to sell products under these licensed trademarks, or one or more of our license agreements were terminated or the value of the trademarks were diminished, the effect on our business, operating results and financial condition could be both negative and material.

 

To compete successfully, we must develop and introduce a continuing stream of innovative new products to meet changing consumer preferences.  

 

Our long-term success in the competitive retail environment depends on our ability to develop and commercialize a continuing stream of innovative new products that meet changing consumer preferences and take advantage of opportunities sooner than our competition. We face the risk that our competitors will introduce innovative new products that compete with our products. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in successfully developing and commercializing new products on a continuing basis and new product launches may not deliver expected growth in sales or operating income. If we are unable to develop and introduce a continuing stream of competitive new products, it may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

14


 

Table of Contents

The Nutritional Supplements segment may be subject to product liability claims,   which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition, or reputation.

 

As a formulator and distributor of products designed for human consumption or use on or in the body, our Nutritional Supplements segment may be subject to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in illness or injury or if our products include inadequate instructions or warnings. These products generally consist of vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other ingredients that are classified as foods, over-the-counter drugs, dietary supplements, and medical devices and generally are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval or clearance by governmental authorities. In the event products contained spoiled or contaminated substances, or, in the case of products that contain ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption, previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. We could also be subject to product liability claims, including among others, that our products include insufficient instructions for use or inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. Any product liability claim against us could result in increased costs and adversely affect our reputation with our customers, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The Nutritional Supplements segment may be subject to the effects of potential adverse publicity and negative public perception.

 

Consumer acceptance of the safety, efficacy and quality of the Nutritional Supplements segment’s products, as well as similar products distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention and other publicity about product use. Adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research, widely published consumer statements, competitor claims, civil and regulatory actions, and statements by regulatory authorities or other parties, whether or not accurate, that associates consumption of our products or any other similar products with illness or other adverse effects, or that questions the benefits of our or similar products, or that claims that such products are ineffective, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our operating results may be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, expropriations, and other risks associated with domestic and foreign operations.

 

The economies of foreign countries important to our operations, including countries in Asia, EMEA and Latin America, could suffer slower economic growth or economic, social and/or political instability or hyperinflation in the future. Our international operations in countries in Asia, EMEA and Latin America, including manufacturing and sourcing operations (and the international operations of our customers), are subject to inherent risks which could adversely affect us. Additionally, there may be uncertainty resulting from recent political changes in the U.S. and abroad, the Brexit referendum in the U.K., ongoing terrorist activity, and other global events. These factors are outside of our control, but may nonetheless cause us to adjust our strategy in order to compete effectively in global markets.

 

The domestic and foreign risks of these changes include, among other things:

 

·

protectionist policies restricting or impairing the manufacturing, sales or import and export of our products;

 

·

new restrictions on access to markets;

 

·

lack of required infrastructure;

 

·

inflation (including hyperinflation) or recession;

 

·

changes in, and the burdens and costs of compliance with, a variety of U.S. and foreign laws and regulations, including tax laws, accounting standards, environmental laws, and occupational health and safety laws;

 

·

social, political or economic instability;

 

·

acts of war and terrorism;

 

15


 

Table of Contents

·

natural disasters or other crises;

 

·

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

·

increases in duties and taxation;

 

·

restrictions on transfer of funds or exchange of currencies;

 

·

currency devaluations;

 

·

expropriation of assets; and

 

·

other adverse changes in policies, including monetary, tax or lending policies, encouraging foreign investment or foreign trade by our host countries.

 

Should any of these events occur, our ability to sell or export our products or repatriate profits could be impaired, we could experience a loss of sales and profitability from our domestic or international operations, and/or we could experience a substantial impairment or loss of assets, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our liquidity may be materially adversely affected by constraints in the capital markets.

 

We need sufficient sources of liquidity to fund our working capital requirements, service our outstanding indebtedness and finance business opportunities. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be forced to curtail our operations, or we may not be able to pursue business opportunities. The principal sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operating activities, available cash, credit facilities, and other debt arrangements. If our sources of liquidity do not satisfy our requirements, we may need to seek additional financing. The future availability of financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, the regulatory environment for banks and other financial institutions, the availability of credit and our reputation with potential lenders. These factors could materially adversely affect our costs of borrowing and our ability to pursue business opportunities, and threaten our ability to meet our obligations as they become due.

 

In addition, covenants in our debt agreements could restrict or delay our ability to respond to business opportunities, or in the event of a failure to comply with such covenants, could result in an event of default, which if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

We rely on central Global Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) systems and other peripheral information systems. Obsolescence or interruptions in the operation of our computerized systems or other information technologies could have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.

 

Our operations are largely dependent on our ERP system. We continuously make adjustments to improve the effectiveness of the ERP and other peripheral information systems, including the installation of significant new subsystems. Any failures or disruptions in the ERP and other information systems or any complications resulting from ongoing adjustments to our systems could cause interruption or loss of data in our information or logistical systems that could materially impact our ability to procure products from our factories and suppliers, transport them to our distribution centers, and store and deliver them to our customers on time and in the correct amounts. In addition, natural disasters or other extraordinary events may disrupt our information systems and other infrastructure, and our data recovery processes may not be sufficient to protect against loss.

 

Information security breaches and any related operational interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.

 

Information systems require constant updates to their security policies and hardware systems to reduce the risk of unauthorized access, malicious destruction of data or information theft. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools, and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of confidential information. Improper activities by third parties, advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools

16


 

Table of Contents

and discoveries, and other events or developments may facilitate or result in a compromise or breach of our computer systems, some of which may go undetected for extended periods.

 

Any such compromise or breach could cause interruptions in our operations, cause damage to our reputation and might require us to spend significant management time and money investigating the event and dealing with local and federal law enforcement. In addition, we could become the subject of litigation and various claims from our customers, employees, suppliers, service providers, and shareholders. Regardless of the merits and ultimate outcome of these matters, litigation and proceedings of this type are expensive to respond to and defend, and we could be forced to devote substantial resources and time responding to and defending them, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The products, business practices and manufacturing activities of the Nutritional Supplements segment are subject to extensive government regulations and could be subject to additional laws and regulations in the future.

 

The Nutritional Supplements segment is required to comply with an extensive body of regulations by national, state and provincial governmental authorities including regulations issued in the United States by the FDA, the FTC, the Consumer Products Safety Commission, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture.  Failure to comply with the regulatory requirements of these various governmental agencies and authorities could result in enforcement actions including: cease and desist orders, injunctions, substantial penalties, limits on advertising, consumer redress, divestitures of assets, rescission of contracts, or other relief, which could materially affect our ability to successfully market not only the affected products, but other products as well. Newly adopted or changes in laws, regulations, interpretations or applications could, among other things, require reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, result in a recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, impose additional record-keeping requirements, expand documentation of the properties of certain products, expand or alter labeling and/or require additional scientific substantiation. In the future, we may be subject to additional laws or regulations administered by the FDA or other federal, state, local or regulatory authorities, the repeal or amendment of laws or regulations, which we consider favorable and/or more stringent interpretations of current laws or regulations. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations, orders or applications or any of their effect on our business. Any or all of these circumstances could reduce our sales or increase our costs of operating the Nutritional Supplements segment, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our business involves the potential for product recalls, product liability and other claims against us, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We are, from time to time, involved in various claims, litigation matters and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business and that could have a material adverse effect on us. These matters may include personal injury and other tort claims, deceptive trade practices disputes, intellectual property disputes, product recalls, contract disputes, warranty disputes, employment and tax matters and other proceedings and litigation, including class actions. It is not possible to predict the outcome of pending or future litigation. As with any litigation, it is possible that some of the actions could be decided unfavorably, resulting in significant liability and, regardless of the ultimate outcome, can be costly to defend. Our results and our business could also be negatively impacted if one of our brands suffers substantial damage to its reputation due to a significant product recall or other product-related litigation and if we are unable to effectively manage real or perceived concerns about the safety, quality, or efficacy of our products.

 

We also face exposure to product liability and other claims in the event that one of our products is alleged to have resulted in property damage, bodily injury or other adverse effects. Although we maintain liability insurance in amounts that we believe are reasonable, that insurance is, in most cases, subject to large self-insured retentions for which we are responsible. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all in the future, or that product liability or other claims will not exceed the amount of insurance coverage, or that all such matters would be covered by our insurance. As a result, these types of claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

17


 

Table of Contents

Our judgments regarding the accounting for tax positions and the resolution of tax disputes may impact our net earnings and cash flow.

Significant judgment is required to determine our effective tax rate and evaluate our tax positions. We provide for uncertain tax positions when such tax positions do not meet the recognition thresholds or measurement criteria prescribed by applicable accounting standards. Fluctuations in federal, state, local and foreign taxes or a change to uncertain tax positions, including related interest and penalties, may impact our effective tax rate and financial results. Additionally, we are subject to audits in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we conduct business. In cases where audits are conducted and issues are raised, a number of years may elapse before such issues are finally resolved. Unfavorable resolution of any tax matter could increase the effective tax rate, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results and cash flow. For additional information regarding our taxes, see Note 11 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Potential changes in laws, including tax laws, and the costs and complexities of compliance with such laws could have a material adverse impact on our business.

The impact of future legislation in the U.S. or abroad, including such things as employment and health insurance laws, climate change related legislation, tax legislation, regulations or treaties is always uncertain. Federal and local legislative agendas from time to time contain numerous proposals dealing with taxes, financial regulation, energy policy, environmental policy, transportation policy and infrastructure policy, among others that, if enacted into law, could increase our costs of doing business.

Under current tax law, favorable tax treatment of our non-U.S. income is dependent on our ability to avoid classification as a Controlled Foreign Corporation. Changes in the composition of our stock ownership could have an impact on our classification. If our classification were to change, it could have a material adverse effect on the largest U.S. shareholders and, in turn, on the Company’s business.

A non-U.S. corporation, such as ours, will constitute a “controlled foreign corporation” or “CFC” for U.S. federal income tax purposes if its largest U.S. shareholders (i.e., those owning 10 percent or more of its shares) together own more than 50 percent of the stock outstanding. If the IRS or a court determined that we were a CFC, then each of our U.S. shareholders who own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the last day of our taxable year would be required to include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our “subpart F income” (and the subpart F income of any of our subsidiaries determined to be a CFC) for the period during which we (and our non-U.S. subsidiaries) were a CFC. In addition, any gain on the sale of our shares realized by such a shareholder may be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the shareholder’s proportionate share of our and our CFC subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings and profits accumulated during the shareholder’s holding period of the shares while we were deemed to be a CFC.

18


 

Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

As of February 28, 2017, we own, lease or otherwise utilize through third-party management service agreements, a total of 40 properties worldwide, which include selling, procurement, research and development, administrative, distribution facilities, and 35 acres of land held for expansion. All properties operated by the Company are adequate for their intended purpose.

Properties we own by location, type and use, segment and approximate size are listed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location

   

Type and Use

   

Business Segment

   

Approximate   Size
(Square
  Feet)

El Paso, Texas, USA

 

Land & Building - U.S. Headquarters

 

All Segments

 

135,000

El Paso, Texas, USA

 

Land & Building - Distribution Facility

 

Housewares, Health & Home and Beauty

 

408,000

Olive Branch, Mississippi, USA

 

Land & Building - Distribution Facility

 

Health & Home and Beauty

 

1,300,000

Southaven, Mississippi, USA

 

Land & Building - Distribution Facility

 

Housewares, Beauty and Nutritional Supplements

 

1,200,000

Sheffield, England

 

Land & Building - Office Space

 

Housewares, Health & Home and Beauty

 

10,400

Mexico City, Mexico

 

Land & Building - Office Space

 

Health & Home and Beauty

 

3,900

 

The number of properties we lease or otherwise utilize by type and use and segment are listed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segments Served

 

Office Space

 

Distribution Facility

 

Total

All Segments

 

5

 

-

 

5

Multiple Segments

 

-

 

1

 

1

Housewares

 

6

 

2

 

8

Health & Home

 

6

 

2

 

8

Nutritional Supplements

 

1

 

-

 

1

Beauty

 

5

 

6

 

11

Other

 

23

 

11

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate total square footage of all properties

leased or otherwise utilized

 

229,500

 

572,000

 

801,500

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various legal claims and proceedings in the normal course of operations. In the opinion of management, the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, operating results or liquidity.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

PART I I

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) [symbol: HELE]. The following table provides for the latest two fiscal years, in dollars per share, the high and low sales prices of the common stock reported on the NASDAQ. Quotations are inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

High

   

Low

 

FISCAL 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

105.14

 

$

91.38

 

Second quarter

 

 

106.18

 

 

89.60

 

Third quarter

 

 

92.75

 

 

77.50

 

Fourth quarter

 

 

99.55

 

 

79.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FISCAL 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

92.62

 

$

74.95

 

Second quarter

 

 

100.33

 

 

80.88

 

Third quarter

 

 

105.46

 

 

81.61

 

Fourth quarter

 

 

106.50

 

 

82.28

 

 

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders of Record  

Our common stock is our only class of equity security outstanding at February 28, 2017. As of April 21, 2017, there were 157 holders of record of the Company's common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of the Company’s common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Cash Dividends

Our current policy is to retain earnings to provide funds for the operation and expansion of our business, common stock repurchases and for potential acquisitions. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock since inception. Any change in dividend policy will depend upon future conditions, including earnings and financial condition, general business conditions, any applicable contractual limitations, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Generally, our Credit Agreement limits our ability to declare or pay cash dividends to our shareholders if, (1) the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on a pro forma basis is greater than (a) 3.00 to 1.00 if any of our 3.9% Senior Notes due January 2018 are outstanding and (b) 3.25 to 1.00 if our 3.9% Senior Notes are not outstanding or the maximum leverage ratio permitted under agreements relating to our 3.9% Senior Notes is increased to 3.50 to 1.00 and (2) unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and availability for borrowings under the Credit Agreement is less than $25 million.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In February 2014, our Board of Directors approved a resolution to repurchase $550 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock in keeping with its stated intention to return to shareholders excess capital not otherwise deployed for strategic acquisitions or other needs. This resolution superseded the previous resolution in place. As of February 28, 2017, we were authorized to purchase $83.4 million of common stock. These repurchases may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, block trades, accelerated stock repurchase transactions, or any combination of such methods. The number of shares purchased and the timing of the purchases will depend on a number of factors, including share price, trading volume and general market conditions, working capital requirements, general business conditions,

20


 

Table of Contents

financial conditions, any applicable contractual limitations, and other factors, including alternative investment opportunities.

 

Our current equity compensation plans include provisions that allow for the “net exercise” of stock options by all plan participants. In a net exercise, any required payroll taxes, federal withholding taxes and exercise price of the shares due from option or other share-based award holders are settled by having the holder tender back to us the number of shares at fair value equal to any amounts due. We account for net exercises as a purchase and retirement of shares.

 

The following table summarizes our share repurchase activity for the periods covered below:

 

SHARE REPURCHASES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended the Last Day of February

(in thousands, except per share data)

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Common stock repurchased on the open market or through tender offer (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

922,731

 

 

1,126,796

 

 

4,102,143

Aggregate value of shares (in thousands)

$

75,000

 

$

100,000

 

$

273,599

Average price per share

$

81.28

 

$

88.75

 

$

66.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock received in connection with share-based compensation (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

6,286

 

 

117,294

 

 

71,950

Aggregate value of shares (in thousands)

$

595

 

$

6,411

 

$

4,826

Average price per share

$

94.61

 

$

54.66

 

$

67.08

(1)

Includes various open market purchases made in each of the three fiscal years including a modified “Dutch auction” tender offer completed during fiscal 2015, resulting in the repurchase of 3,693,816 shares of our outstanding common stock at a total cost of $247.8 million, including tender offer transaction-related costs.

(2)

In fiscal 2016, we issued 276,548 shares of common stock as payment of separation compensation due to our former CEO under his employment and separation agreements. In connection with this transaction, the former CEO tendered 116,012 shares back to the Company as payment for related federal tax obligations. The Company previously accrued and disclosed the separation compensation in fiscal 2014. Fiscal 2015 includes 68,086 shares of common stock with a market value of $67.10 per share, or $4.6 million in the aggregate, which were tendered by our former CEO as payment for related federal tax obligations arising from the vesting and settlement of performance-based restricted stock units and restricted stock awards.

 

The following schedule sets forth the purchase activity for each month during the three months ended February 28, 2017:

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

Total   Number   of
Shares
  Purchased

   

Average   Price
Paid
  per   Share

 

Total   Number   of
Shares
  Purchased
as
  Part   of   Publicly
Announced
  Plans
or
  Programs

 

Dollar   Value   of
Shares
  that   May
Yet
  be   Purchased
Under
  the   Plans
or
  Programs
(in thousands)

December 1 through December 31, 2016

    

 

51

    

$

95.92

    

 

51

    

$

83,423

January 1 through January 31, 2017

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

83,423

February 1 through February 28, 2017

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

83,423

Total

 

 

51

 

$

95.92

 

 

51

 

 

 

21


 

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative total return of our Company to the NASDAQ Market Index and a peer Group Index, assuming $100 was invested on March 1, 2012. The Peer Group Index is the Dow Jones–U.S. Personal Products, Broad Market Cap, Yearly, and Total Return Index. The comparisons in this table are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of the possible future performance of our common stock.

 

PICTURE 3

The Performance Graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 under the Exchange Act. In addition, it shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any statement that incorporates this annual report on Form 10-K by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference.

 

22


 

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated statements of income and cash flow data for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of the end fiscal 2017 and 2016, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report. The selected consolidated statements of income and cash flow data for fiscal  2014 and 2013, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of the end fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this report. This information should be read together with the discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements included in this report. All currency amounts are denominated in U.S. Dollars.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

   

2017 (1)

   

2016 (1)

   

2015 (1)

   

2014

   

2013

Income Statement Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales revenue, net

 

$

1,537,219

 

$

1,545,701

 

$

1,445,131

 

$

1,317,153

 

$

1,288,263

Gross profit

 

 

675,468

 

 

636,005

 

 

599,559

 

 

516,703

 

 

518,211

Asset impairment charges

 

 

12,400

 

 

6,000

 

 

9,000

 

 

12,049

 

 

 -

Operating income

 

 

164,332

 

 

130,615

 

 

161,719

 

 

117,100

 

 

148,773

Interest expense

 

 

14,857

 

 

11,096

 

 

15,022

 

 

10,193

 

 

13,345

Income tax expense

 

 

9,200

 

 

18,590

 

 

16,050

 

 

20,886

 

 

19,848

Net income

 

 

140,689

 

 

101,228

 

 

131,164

 

 

86,248

 

 

115,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - basic

 

$

5.11

 

$

3.58

 

$

4.59

 

$

2.69

 

$

3.64

Earnings per share - diluted

 

$

5.04

 

$

3.52

 

$

4.52

 

$

2.66

 

$

3.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

 

27,522

 

 

28,273

 

 

28,579

 

 

32,007

 

 

31,754

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

27,891

 

 

28,749

 

 

29,035

 

 

32,386

 

 

31,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

44,341

 

$

42,749

 

$

39,653

 

$

33,839

 

$

34,425

Net cash provided by operating activities (2)

 

 

228,501

 

 

186,545

 

 

179,264

 

 

154,165

 

 

87,558

Capital and intangible asset expenditures

 

 

20,619

 

 

20,603

 

 

6,521

 

 

40,463

 

 

14,688

Payments to acquire businesses

 

 

209,267

 

 

43,150

 

 

195,943

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net amounts borrowed (repaid)

 

 

(133,200)

 

 

190,700

 

 

240,600

 

 

(64,393)

 

 

(92,100)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

   

2017 (1)

   

2016 (1)

   

2015 (1)

   

2014

   

2013

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital (2)

 

$

266,711

 

$

487,486

 

$

277,897

 

$

286,122

 

$

236,540

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

1,118,418

 

 

958,756

 

 

948,157

 

 

775,550

 

 

808,869

Total assets (2)

 

 

1,813,096

 

 

1,848,894

 

 

1,622,239

 

 

1,533,302

 

 

1,474,004

Long-term debt (2)

 

 

461,211

 

 

597,270

 

 

407,731

 

 

95,707

 

 

155,000

Stockholders' equity (3)

 

 

1,020,766

 

 

930,043

 

 

904,565

 

 

1,029,487

 

 

926,606

Cash dividends

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

(1)

Includes the material impact of new business acquisitions as follows:

 

·

Fiscal 2017 includes eleven and a half months of operating results from the acquisition of Hydro Flask, acquired during the year for a net cash purchase price of $209.3 million.

 

·

Fiscal 2016 includes eleven months of operating results from the Vicks VapoSteam inhalant business acquired for a net cash purchase price of $42.8 million. Fiscal 2017 and thereafter includes a full year of operating results.

 

·

Fiscal 2015 includes eight months of operating results for the Nutritional Supplements segment, resulting from the Healthy Directions acquisition in fiscal 2015 for a net cash purchase price of $195.9 million. Fiscal 2016 and thereafter includes a full year of operating results.

 

(2)

Fiscal 2016 and 2015 include certain reclassifications to conform with fiscal 2017 adopted accounting changes as explained in Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

(3)

During fiscal 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013, we repurchased and retired 929,017, 1,244,090, 4,174,093, 146,539, and 110,552 shares of common stock having total cost of $75.6, $106.4, $278.4, $8.2, and $3.4 million, respectively.

23


 

Table of Contents

Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain written and oral statements in this Form 10K may constitute "forward-looking statements" as defined under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This includes statements made in this report, in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), in press releases, and in certain other oral and written presentations. Generally, the words "anticipates", "believes", "expects", "plans", "may", "will", "should", "seeks", "estimates", "project", "predict", "potential", "continue", "intends", and other similar words identify forward-looking statements. All statements that address operating results, events or developments that may occur in the future, including statements related to sales, earnings per share results, and statements expressing general expectations about future operating results, are forward-looking statements and are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and assumptions, but there can be no assurance that we will realize our expectations or that our assumptions will prove correct. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks that could cause them to differ materially from actual results. Accordingly, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We believe that these risks include but are not limited to the risks described in this report under Item 1A., “Risk Factors” and that are otherwise described from time to time in our SEC reports as filed.  We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this report, including Part I, Item 1., “Business”; Part II, Item 6., “Selected Financial Data”; and Part II, Item 8., “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The various sections of this MD&A contain a number of forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations. Actual results may differ materially due to a number of factors, including those discussed in Item 1A.,“Risk Factors,” and in the section entitled “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” preceding this MD&A, and in Item 7A., “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

 

Throughout MD&A, we refer to certain measures used by management to evaluate financial performance. We also may refer to a number of financial measures that are not defined under GAAP, but have corresponding GAAP-based measures. Where non-GAAP measures appear, we provide tables reconciling these to their corresponding GAAP-based measures and refer to a discussion of their use. We believe these measures provide investors with important information that is useful in understanding our business results and trends.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading global consumer products company offering creative products and solutions for our customers through a diversified portfolio of well-recognized and widely-trusted brands. We have built leading market positions through new product innovation, product quality and competitive pricing. We operate in four segments consisting of Housewares, Health & Home, Nutritional Supplements, and Beauty. In fiscal 2015, we launched a transformational strategy to improve the performance of our business segments and strengthen our shared service capabilities. We believe we continue to make progress on achieving our strategic objectives.

 

Fiscal 2017 - Significant Developments

 

·

On March 18, 2016, we acquired Steel Technology, LLC, doing business as Hydro Flask (“Hydro Flask”). Hydro Flask is a leading designer, distributor and marketer of high performance insulated stainless steel food and beverage containers for active lifestyles. The aggregate purchase price for the transaction was $209.3 million, net of cash acquired, and was funded with borrowings under our Credit Agreement.

 

·

In the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 2017, we recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $7.4 million ($5.1 million after tax) and $5.0 million ($3.2 million after tax), respectively. The charges in both quarters relate to certain trademarks and brand assets in the Beauty and Nutritional Supplements segments.

 

·

In the first quarter of fiscal 2017 we recorded a $1.5 million charge (before and after tax) related to patent litigation.

24


 

Table of Contents

·

In the third quarter of fiscal 2017, we repurchased 922,731 shares of our common stock in the open market at an average price of $81.28 per share for a total cost of $75 million.

 

·

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, we amended our Credit Agreement to increase the revolving commitment from $650 million to $1 billion and extend the term to December 7, 2021. The amendment also increased the leverage ratio that is required to be met if we complete acquisitions that meet specified conditions, among other things.

Significant Trends Impacting the Business

Nutritional Supplements Business

Due to recent declines in revenue associated with our Nutritional Supplements segment, our annual impairment testing of  goodwill and other intangible assets for the segment reflected a fair value that was in excess of the carrying value of the segment by a smaller margin than occurred in previous impairment tests. In addition, the fair value of the indefinite lived brand asset was determined to be less than the carrying value and impairments of $9.5 million were recorded during fiscal 2017. The fair value was determined using primarily a discounted cash flow model and we believe our assumptions of future revenue, gross margin and operating expenses are reasonable in the circumstances. However, as we continue to execute our strategy, actual results could differ from our current expectations. To the extent that our forecasted cash flows were to decline further, it is reasonably likely that we could record impairment expense or incur other charges or losses in the future. We are unable to project what, if any, expense, charges or losses will be in future periods. We will continue to closely monitor performance and market conditions relating to this segment.

 

We are reviewing and evaluating various alternatives with respect to the performance of our Nutritional Supplements segment. Such initiatives may include a reorganization of the business, investments in online interface and e-commerce platforms, restructuring or realignment programs, consolidating operations and functions, and divestitures. Certain of these activities may have a disproportionate impact on our income relative to the cost savings or generate other charges or losses. These factors as well as other facts and circumstances attributable to the Nutritional Supplements segment could result in other charges or losses relating to the segment. We are unable to project what, if any, expense, charges or losses will be in future periods.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Fluctuations  

Due to the nature of our operations, we have exposure to the the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates from transactions that are denominated in a currency other than our reporting currency (the U.S. Dollar). During the second half of fiscal 2015, international sales were dampened by the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against most currencies, in particular the British Pound, Euro, Canadian Dollar, and Mexican Peso. These currencies weakened against the U.S. Dollar by approximately 3%, 10%, 8%, and 7%, respectively, when compared to average levels for the second half of fiscal 2014. The trend continued during fiscal 2016, with the same currencies weakening against the U.S. Dollar by approximately 7%,   15%, 14%, and 21%, respectively, when compared to average levels for fiscal 2015. The trend continued during fiscal 2017, with the same currencies weakening against the U.S. Dollar by approximately 13%, 0%, 1%, and 16%, respectively, when compared to average levels for fiscal 2016. 

 

Consumer Spending and Changes in Shopping Preference s

Our business depends upon discretionary consumer demand for most of our products and primarily operates within mature and highly developed consumer markets. The principal driver of our operating performance is the strength of the U.S. retail economy, as approximately 81%, 80%, and 79% of our consolidated net sales were from U.S. shipments in fiscal 2017, 2016, and 2015 respectively. Additionally, the shift in consumer shopping preferences to online or multichannel shopping experiences has shifted the concentration of our sales. For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, our net sales to customers fulfilling end-consumer online orders and online sales directly to consumers comprised approximately 13%, 10%, and 9%, respectively, of our total consolidated net sales revenue for each fiscal year and grew over 30% in fiscal 2017 . With the continued growth in online sales across the retail landscape, many brick and mortar retailers are aggressively looking for ways to improve their customer delivery capabilities to be able to meet customer expectations. As a result, it will become increasingly important for us to leverage our distribution capabilities in order to meet the changing demands of our customers, as well as to increase our online capabilities to support our direct-to-consumer sales channels and online channel sales by our retail customers. 

25


 

Table of Contents

Variability of the Cough/Cold/Flu Season  

Sales in several of our Health & Home segment categories are highly correlated to the severity of winter weather and cough/cold/flu incidence. In the U.S., the cough/cold/flu season historically runs from November through March, with peak activity normally in January to March. For the 2016-2017 season, fall and winter season weather was mild and reports of cough/cold/flu incidence were below the 2015-2016 season, which was a below average season. We expect that the weakness in the most recent cough/cold/flu season will have an unfavorable impact on initial replenishment of affected categories during fiscal 2018, due to high retail inventory levels. 

 

 

26


 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

The following table provides selected operating data, in U.S. Dollars, as a  percentage of net sales revenue, and as a year-over-year percentage change.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the   Last   Day   of   February,

 

% of Sales Revenue, net (3)

 

% Change

 

(in thousands)

 

2017 (1)

 

2016 (2)

 

2015 (2)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

17/16

 

16/15

 

Sales revenue by segment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housewares

 

$

418,128

 

$

310,663

 

$

296,252

 

27.2

%  

20.1

%  

20.5

%  

34.6

%  

4.9

%  

Health & Home

 

 

632,769

 

 

642,735

 

 

613,253

 

41.2

%  

41.6

%  

42.4

%  

(1.6)

%  

4.8

%  

Nutritional Supplements

 

 

130,543

 

 

153,126

 

 

100,395

 

8.5

%  

9.9

%  

6.9

%  

(14.7)

%  

52.5

%  

Beauty

 

 

355,779

 

 

439,177

 

 

435,231

 

23.1

%  

28.4

%  

30.1

%  

(19.0)

%  

0.9

%  

Total sales revenue, net

 

 

1,537,219

 

 

1,545,701

 

 

1,445,131

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

(0.5)

%  

7.0

%  

Cost of goods sold

 

 

861,751

 

 

909,696

 

 

845,572

 

56.1

%  

58.9

%  

58.5

%  

(5.3)

%  

7.6

%  

Gross profit

 

 

675,468

 

 

636,005

 

 

599,559

 

43.9

%  

41.1

%  

41.5

%  

6.2

%  

6.1

%  

Selling, general and administrative expense (SG&A)

 

 

498,736

 

 

499,390

 

 

428,840

 

32.4

%  

32.3

%  

29.7

%  

(0.1)

%  

16.5

%  

Asset impairment charges

 

 

12,400

 

 

6,000

 

 

9,000

 

0.8

%  

0.4

%  

0.6

%  

106.7

%  

(33.3)

%  

Operating income

 

 

164,332

 

 

130,615

 

 

161,719

 

10.7

%  

8.5

%  

11.2

%  

25.8

%  

(19.2)

%  

Nonoperating income, net

 

 

414

 

 

299

 

 

517

 

 -

%  

 -

%  

 -

%  

38.5

%  

(42.2)

%  

Interest expense

 

 

(14,857)

 

 

(11,096)

 

 

(15,022)

 

(1.0)

%  

(0.7)

%  

(1.0)

%  

33.9

%  

(26.1)

%  

Total other expense

 

 

(14,443)

 

 

(10,797)

 

 

(14,505)

 

(0.9)

%  

(0.7)

%  

(1.0)

%  

33.8

%  

(25.6)

%  

Income before income taxes

 

 

149,889

 

 

119,818

 

 

147,214

 

9.8

%  

7.8

%  

10.2

%  

25.1

%  

(18.6)

%  

Income tax expense

 

 

9,200

 

 

18,590

 

 

16,050

 

0.6

%  

1.2

%  

1.1

%  

(50.5)

%  

15.8

%  

Net income

 

$

140,689

 

$

101,228

 

$

131,164

 

9.2

%  

6.5

%  

9.1

%  

39.0

%  

(22.8)

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fiscal 2017 includes eleven and a half months of operating results for Hydro Flask, acquired on March 18, 2016.

 

(2)

Fiscal 2015 includes eight months of operating results for Healthy Directions, acquired on June 30, 2014. Fiscal 2016 and thereafter includes a full year of operating results.

 

(3)

Sales revenue percentages by segment are computed as a percentage of the related segment’s net sales revenue to total net sales revenue. All other percentages are computed as a percentage of total net sales revenue.

 

Fiscal 2017 Financial Results

 

·

Consolidated net sales revenue decreased 0.5%, or $8.5 million, to $1,537.2 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $1,545.7 million fiscal 2016.

·

Consolidated operating income increased 25.8%, or $33.7 million, to $164.3 million for fiscal 2017 compared to $130.6 million in fiscal 2016. Consolidated operating margin increased 2.2 percentage points to 10.7% of consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2017 compared to 8.5% in fiscal 2016.  

·

Consolidated adjusted operating income increased 2.4%, or $5.2 million, to $222.0 million for fiscal 2017 compared to $216.8 million in fiscal 2016. Consolidated adjusted operating margin increased 0.4 percentage points to 14.4% of consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2017 compared to 14.0% in fiscal 2016.

·

Net income increased 39%, or $39.5 million, to $140.7 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $101.2 million in fiscal 2016. Diluted EPS increased 43.2% to $5.04 in fiscal 2017 compared to $3.52 in fiscal 2016.

·

Adjusted income increased 4.6% to $187.9 million in fiscal 2017, compared to $179.7 million in fiscal 2016. Adjusted diluted EPS increased 7.7% to $6.73 in fiscal 2017 compared to $6.25 in fiscal 2016.

Adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margin, adjusted income, and adjusted diluted EPS as discussed above and on the pages that follow are non GAAP financial measures as contemplated by SEC Regulation G, Rule 100. These measures are discussed further, and reconciled to their applicable GAAP based measures, on pages 32 through 35 and 39 through 40.

27


 

Fiscal 2016 Financial Results

 

·

Consolidated net sales revenue increased 7.0%, or $100.6 million, to $1,545.7 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $1,445.1 million in fiscal 2015.

·

Consolidated operating income decreased 19.2%, or $31.1 million, to $130.6 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $161.7 million in fiscal 2015. Consolidated operating margin decreased 2.7 percentage points to 8.5% of consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2016 compared to 11.2% in fiscal 2015.

·

Consolidated adjusted operating income increased 5.5%, or $11.2 million, to $216.8 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $205.6 million for fiscal 2015. Consolidated adjusted operating margin decreased 0.2 percentage points to 14.0% of consolidated net sales revenue in fiscal 2016 compared to 14.2% in fiscal 2015.

·

Net income decreased 22.8%, or $29.9 million, to $101.2 million in fiscal 2016 compared to $131.2 million in fiscal 2015. Diluted EPS decreased 22.1% to $3.52 in fiscal 2016 compared to $4.52 in fiscal 2015.

·

Adjusted income increased 5.7% to $179.7 million in fiscal 2016, compared to $169.9 million in fiscal 2015. Adjusted diluted EPS increased 6.8% to $6.25 in fiscal 2016 compared to $5.85 in fiscal 2015.

Geographic Net Sales Revenue

The following table provides net sales revenue by geographic region, in U.S. Dollars, as a percentage of net sales revenue, and the year-over-year percentage change in each region.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the   Last   Day   of   February,

 

% of Sales Revenue, net (3)

 

% Change

 

(in thousands)

    

2017 (1)

    

2016 (2)

    

2015 (2)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

17/16

    

16/15

 

Sales revenue, net by geographic region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,241,653

 

$

1,233,464

 

$

1,139,959

 

80.8

%  

79.8

%  

78.9

%  

0.7

%  

8.2

%

Canada

 

 

60,002

 

 

57,482

 

 

69,996

 

3.9

%  

3.7

%  

4.8

%  

4.4

%  

(17.9)

%

EMEA

 

 

134,545

 

 

139,910

 

 

133,902

 

8.8

%  

9.1

%  

9.3

%  

(3.8)

%  

4.5

%

Asia Pacific

 

 

60,689

 

 

51,575

 

 

47,245

 

3.9

%  

3.3

%  

3.3

%  

17.7

%  

9.2

%

Latin America

 

 

40,330

 

 

63,270

 

 

54,029

 

2.6

%  

4.1

%  

3.7

%  

(36.3)

%  

17.1

%

Total sales revenue, net

 

$

1,537,219

 

$

1,545,701

 

$

1,445,131

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

(0.5)

%  

7.0

%  

(1)

Fiscal 2017 includes eleven and a half months of operating results for Hydro Flask, acquired on March 18, 2016.

 

(2)

Fiscal 2015 includes eight months of operating results for Healthy Directions, acquired on June 30, 2014. Fiscal year 2016 and thereafter includes a full year of operating results.

 

(3)

Sales revenue percentages by segment are computed as a percentage of the related segment’s net sales revenue, to total net sales revenue. All other percentages are computed as a percentage of total net sales revenue.

 

In fiscal 2017, domestic sales grew 0.7% compared to fiscal 2016, primarily driven by the contribution from the Hydro Flask acquisition. International sales declined 5.3% primarily from declines in EMEA and Latin America due to foreign currency fluctuations and the re-measurement of our Venezuelan financial statements in fiscal 2017, which were partially offset by growth in Canada and Asia Pacific.

 

In fiscal 2016, domestic sales grew 8.2% compared to fiscal 2015, which included growth from acquisitions and new product introductions. International sales increased 2.3% reflecting growth in Latin America primarily due to hyper inflation in Venezuela, and increases in Asia Pacific and EMEA, partially offset by a decline in Canada.  International growth was achieved despite an unfavorable impact from foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $29.8 million, or 2.1%, in fiscal 2016.

28


 

Comparison of Fiscal 2017 to Fiscal 2016

Consolidated and Segment Net Sales

The following table summarizes the impact that acquisitions, foreign currency and Venezuela re-measurement had on our net sales revenue by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2017

 

(in thousands)

 

Housewares (1)

 

 

Health & Home (2)

 

 

Nutritional Supplements

 

 

Beauty

 

 

Total

 

Fiscal 2016 sales revenue, net

$

310,663

 

$

642,735

 

$

153,126

 

$

439,177

 

$

1,545,701

 

Core business

 

2,402

 

 

(8,257)

 

 

(22,583)

 

 

(56,853)

 

 

(85,291)

 

Impact of foreign currency

 

(1,942)

 

 

(2,421)

 

 

 -

 

 

(5,339)

 

 

(9,702)

 

Venezuela re-measurement

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(21,206)

 

 

(21,206)

 

Acquisitions

 

107,005

 

 

712

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

107,717

 

Change in sales revenue, net

 

107,465

 

 

(9,966)

 

 

(22,583)

 

 

(83,398)

 

 

(8,482)

 

Fiscal 2017 sales revenue, net

$

418,128

 

$

632,769

 

$

130,543

 

$

355,779

 

$

1,537,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net sales revenue growth

 

34.6

%

 

(1.6)

%

 

(14.7)

%

 

(19.0)

%

 

(0.5)

%

Core business

 

0.8

%

 

(1.3)

%

 

(14.7)

%

 

(12.9)

%

 

(5.5)

%

Impact of foreign currency

 

(0.6)

%

 

(0.4)

%

 

0.0

%

 

(1.2)

%

 

(0.6)

%

Venezuela re-measurement

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

(4.8)

%

 

(1.4)

%

Acquisitions

 

34.4

%

 

0.1

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

7.0

%

(1)

Fiscal 2017 includes eleven and a half months of incremental operating results from the Hydro Flask acquisition, acquired on March 18, 2016.

 

(2)

Fiscal 2017 includes one month of incremental operating results from the Vicks VapoSteam inhalant business acquisition, acquired on March 31, 2015.

 

In the above table and the table on page 36, core business refers to our net sales revenue associated with product lines or brands after the first twelve months from the date the product line or brand is acquired, excluding the impact that foreign currency and Venezuelan currency re-measurement had on reported net sales. Net sales revenue from internally developed brands or product lines is considered core business activity.

 

Consolidated Net Sales Revenue

Consolidated net sales revenue decreased $8.5 million, or 0.5%, to $1,537.2 million for fiscal 2017, compared to $1,545.7 million for fiscal 2016. The decline was driven by :

·

a core business decline of $85.3 million, or 5.5%, primarily due to:

 

o

a decrease of approximately $39.6 million, or 2.6%, from our rationalization of lower margin, commoditized and non-strategic business;

 

o

a decline in the Nutritional Supplements segment of $22.6 million, or 1.5%;

 

o

the unfavorable impact of a weak cough/cold/flu season that was both below average and below that of the same period last year;

 

o

the impact of lower store traffic and soft consumer spending at traditional brick and mortar retail along with the impact of inventory rationalization by several key retailers;

 

·

the unfavorable impact from foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $9.7 million, or 0.6%; and

·

an unfavorable impact of $21.2 million, or 1.4%, from the discontinued use of the official exchange rate and the adoption of a market-based exchange rate to re-measure our Venezuelan financial statements in fiscal 2017.

These factors were partially offset by growth from acquisitions of $107.7 million, or 7%.

29


 

Segment Net Sales Revenue

 

Housewares

Net sales revenue in the Housewares segment increased $107.5 million, or 34.6%, to $418.1 million for fiscal 2017, compared to $310.7 million for fiscal 2016. The change was driven by:

 

·

core business growth of $2.4 million, or 0.8%, primarily due to growth in online sales at key customers and new product and category introductions, partially offset by lower order replenishment from key customers due to lower retail store traffic and the unfavorable comparative impact from the launch of the kitchen electrics category in fiscal 2016; and

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $1.9 million, or 0.6%;

·

partially offset by growth from acquisitions of $107.0 million, or 34.4%, representing eleven and a half months of operating results from Hydro Flask.

Health & Home  

Net sales revenue in the Health & Home segment decreased $10.0 million, or 1.6%, to $632.8 million for fiscal 2017, compared to $642.7 million for fiscal 2016. The change was driven by: 

 

·

a core business decline of $8.3 million, or 1.3%, primarily due to a de-emphasis of low margin hot/cold therapy business and the impact of another weak cough/cold/flu season on thermometry and humidification replenishment orders, partially offset by growth in air purification and our seasonal fan and heater categories; and

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $2.4 million, or 0.4%;

·

partially offset by growth from acquisitions of $0.7 million, or 0.1%, representing twelve months of contribution from Vicks VapoSteam, compared to eleven months of contribution for fiscal 2016.

Nutritional Supplements

Net sales revenue in the Nutritional Supplements segment decreased $22.6 million, or 14.7%, to $130.5 million for fiscal 2017, compared to $153.1 million for fiscal 2016. The change was primarily driven by a decline in the offline and legacy print newsletter subscription businesses of $17.4 million, or 11.3%. The segment continues to implement a multi-year strategic transition from offline to online channels. This transition includes investments in its online interface and e-commerce platforms in an effort to improve order conversion and average order values.

 

Beauty

Net sales revenue in the Beauty segment decreased $83.4 million, or 19.0%, to $355.8 million for fiscal 2017, compared to $439.2 million for fiscal 2016.  The change was driven by: 

 

·

a core business decline of $56.9 million, or 12.9%, primarily due to our rationalization of lower margin, commoditized and non-strategic business and the impact of lower store traffic and soft consumer spending at traditional brick and mortar retail, along with inventory rationalization by several key retailers;

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $5.3 million, or 1.2%; and

·

an unfavorable impact of $21.2 million, or 4.8%, from our discontinued use of the official exchange rate and our adoption of a market-based exchange rate to re-measure our Venezuelan financial statements in fiscal 2017.

Gross Profit Margin

Consolidated gross profit margin for fiscal 2017 increased 2.8 percentage points to 43.9%, compared to 41.1% for fiscal 2016. The increase in consolidated gross profit margin is primarily due to:

 

·

favorable shifts in product mix;

·

product rationalization efforts;

30


 

·

the impact of a Venezuela inventory impairment charge of $9.1 million recorded in fiscal 2016, which reduced the comparative period consolidated gross profit margin by 0.6 percentage points;

·

accretion from the Hydro Flask acquisition, which increased consolidated gross profit margin by 1.2 percentage points; and

·

reductions in product costs.

These factors were partially offset by the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations.

Selling General and Administrative Expenses

Our consolidated SG&A ratio, defined as consolidated SG&A expense as a percent of consolidated net sales, increased 0.1 percentage point to 32.4% for fiscal 2017, compared to 32.3% for fiscal 2016. The increase in consolidated SG&A ratio is primarily due to:

·

the impact of higher compensation costs due to hourly wage increases, increases in share-based compensation as new three-year performance based incentives enter their third year of existence and estimated performance factors are adjusted and the $1.8 million unfavorable impact of a change in an accounting standard for share-based compensation;

·

higher advertising expense;

·

patent litigation expense of $1.5 million; and

·

the impact within our core business that lower overall net sales had on operating leverage.

These factors were mostly offset by:

 

·

improved distribution and logistics efficiency and lower outbound freight costs within our core business;

·

lower year-over-year foreign currency revaluation losses, partially due to cash flow hedges and $10 million of U.S. Dollar to Euro cross-currency debt swaps; and

·

the comparative favorable impact of the following items recorded in fiscal 2016:

o

a $17.8 million patent litigation charge;

o

Venezuela re-measurement related charges of $9.6 million; and

o

$6.7 million of CEO succession costs recorded as result of the lawsuit settlement with our former CEO.

Asset Impairment charges

Our annual impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets has historically occurred in the first quarter of our fiscal year. In December 2016, we elected to change our annual impairment testing to the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. Accordingly, for fiscal 2017 we completed impairment tests during the first and fourth fiscal quarters. As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks in the fourth quarter, we recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $5.0 million ($3.2 million after tax). As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks in the first quarter, we recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $7.4 million ($5.1 million after tax). The charges in both quarters were related to certain brand assets and trademarks in our Beauty and Nutritional Supplements segments, which were written down to their estimated fair values, determined on the basis of our estimated future discounted cash flows using the relief from royalty valuation method.

 

31


 

Operating Income, Operating Margin, Adjusted Operating Income (non-GAAP), and Adjusted Operating Margin (non-GAAP) by Segment 

In order to provide a better understanding of the comparative impact of certain items on operating income, the tables that follow report the comparative before tax impact of non cash asset impairment charges, CEO succession costs, acquisition related expenses, Venezuelan currency re-measurement related charges, patent litigation charges, amortization of intangible assets, and non cash share based compensation, as applicable, on operating income and operating margin for each segment and in total for the periods covered below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2017

 

(in thousands)

 

Housewares (8)

 

 

Health & Home

 

 

Nutritional Supplements

 

 

Beauty

 

 

Total

 

Operating income, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

89,641

 

21.4

%

 

$

52,294

 

8.3

%

 

$

(7,933)

 

(6.1)

%

 

$

30,330

 

8.5

%

 

$

164,332

 

10.7

%

Asset impairment charges (1)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

9,500

 

7.3

%

 

 

2,900

 

0.8

%

 

 

12,400

 

0.8

%

Patent litigation charge (5)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

1,468

 

0.2

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

1,468

 

0.1

%

Subtotal

 

 

89,641

 

21.4

%

 

 

53,762

 

8.5

%

 

 

1,567

 

1.2

%

 

 

33,230

 

9.3

%

 

 

178,200

 

11.6

%

Amortization of intangible assets (6)

 

 

2,643

 

0.6

%

 

 

13,663

 

2.2

%

 

 

6,284

 

4.8

%

 

 

5,718

 

1.6

%

 

 

28,308

 

1.8

%

Non-cash share-based compensation (7)

 

 

3,185

 

0.8

%

 

 

5,028

 

0.8

%

 

 

2,362

 

1.8

%

 

 

4,923

 

1.4

%

 

 

15,498

 

1.0

%

Adjusted operating income (non-GAAP)

 

$

95,469

 

22.8

%

 

$

72,453

 

11.5

%

 

$

10,213

 

7.8

%

 

$

43,871

 

12.3

%

 

$

222,006

 

14.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2016

 

(in thousands)

 

Housewares

 

 

Health & Home

 

 

Nutritional Supplements (9)

 

 

Beauty

 

 

Total

 

Operating income, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

56,659

 

18.2

%

 

$

38,078

 

5.9

%

 

$

11,446

 

7.5

%

 

$

24,432

 

5.6

%

 

$

130,615

 

8.5

%

Asset impairment charges (1)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

6,000

 

1.4

%

 

 

6,000

 

0.4

%

CEO succession costs (2)

 

 

1,348

 

0.4

%

 

 

2,722

 

0.4

%

 

 

704

 

0.5

%

 

 

1,933

 

0.4

%

 

 

6,707

 

0.4

%

Acquisition-related expenses (3)

 

 

698

 

0.2

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

698

 

 -

%

Venezuelan re-measurement related charges (4)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

18,733

 

4.3

%

 

 

18,733

 

1.2

%

Patent litigation charge (5)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

17,830

 

2.8

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

17,830

 

1.2

%

Subtotal

 

 

58,705

 

18.9

%

 

 

58,630

 

9.1

%

 

 

12,150

 

7.9

%

 

 

51,098

 

11.6

%

 

 

180,583

 

11.7

%

Amortization of intangible assets (6)

 

 

1,325

 

0.4

%

 

 

14,438

 

2.2

%

 

 

6,259

 

4.1

%

 

 

5,751

 

1.3

%

 

 

27,773

 

1.8

%

Non-cash share-based compensation (7)

 

 

1,344

 

0.4

%

 

 

2,470

 

0.4

%

 

 

1,319

 

0.9

%

 

 

3,350

 

0.8

%

 

 

8,483

 

0.5

%

Adjusted operating income (non-GAAP)

 

$

61,374

 

19.8

%

 

$

75,538

 

11.8

%

 

$

19,728

 

12.9

%

 

$

60,199

 

13.7

%

 

$

216,839

 

14.0

%

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2015

 

(in thousands)

 

Housewares

 

 

Health & Home

 

 

Nutritional Supplements (9)

 

 

Beauty

 

 

Total

 

Operating income, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

59,392

 

20.0

%

 

$

50,821

 

8.3

%

 

$

9,512

 

9.5

%

 

$

41,994

 

9.6

%

 

$

161,719

 

11.2

%

Asset impairment charges (1)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

9,000

 

2.1

%

 

 

9,000

 

0.6

%

Acquisition-related expenses (3)

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

3,611

 

3.6

%

 

 

 -

 

 -

%

 

 

3,611

 

0.2

%

Subtotal

 

 

59,392

 

20.0

%

 

 

50,821

 

8.3

%

 

 

13,123

 

13.1

%

 

 

50,994

 

11.7

%

 

 

174,330

 

12.1

%

Amortization of intangible assets (6)

 

 

1,345

 

0.5

%

 

 

13,878

 

2.3

%

 

 

4,171

 

4.2

%

 

 

5,934

 

1.4

%

 

 

25,328

 

1.8

%

Non-cash share-based compensation (7)

 

 

758

 

0.3

%

 

 

1,115

 

0.2

%

 

 

499

 

0.5

%

 

 

3,602

 

0.8

%

 

 

5,974

 

0.4

%

Adjusted operating income (non-GAAP)

 

$

61,495

 

20.8

%

 

$

65,814

 

10.7

%

 

$

17,793

 

17.7

%

 

$

60,530

 

13.9

%

 

$

205,632

 

14.2

%

In the tables above, footnote references (1) to (7) correspond to the notes beginning on page 34 under the heading entitled “Net Income and EPS, Adjusted Income and Adjusted EPS.” Adjusted operating income and adjusted operating margin may be considered non-GAAP financial measures as set forth in SEC Regulation G, Rule 100. An explanation of the reasons why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial information is useful and the nature and limitations of the non-GAAP financial measures, is furnished beginning on page 35.

 

(8)

Includes eleven and a half months of incremental operating results for Hydro Flask, acquired on March 18, 2016.

 

(9)

Fiscal 2015 includes eight months of incremental operating results for Healthy Directions, which was acquired on June 30, 2014. Fiscal 2016 and thereafter includes a full year of operating results.

 

32


 

Consolidated

Consolidated operating income increased 25.8% to $164.3 million for fiscal 2017 compared to $130.6 million for fiscal 2016. Consolidated adjusted operating income was $222.0 million, or 14.4% of net sales, compared to $216.8 million, or 14.0% of net sales for fiscal 2016.  The 0.4 percentage point increase in consolidated adjusted operating margin primarily reflects accretion from the acquisition of Hydro Flask, the rationalization of low-margin business, and lower product costs, partially offset by the unfavorable impact from foreign currency, the unfavorable impact of approximately $8.8 million, or 0.4 percentage points, from the re-measurement of our Venezuelan financial statements at a new market-based exchange rate, higher compensation expense and higher advertising expense.

 

Housewares

The Housewares segment’s operating income increased $33.0 million, or 58.2%, to $89.6 million for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Segment adjusted operating income increased 55.6% to $95.5 million, or 22.8% of segment net sales, compared to $61.4 million, or 19.8% of segment net sales, in fiscal 2016. The 3.0 percentage point increase in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due to the accretive impact of the Hydro Flask acquisition, which increased the segment adjusted operating margin by 3.0  percentage points, as well as core business improvements in inbound freight costs, product cost savings and channel mix. These improvements were offset by higher incentive compensation costs, increased media advertising expense and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

Health & Home

The Health & Home segment’s operating income increased $14.2 million, or 37.3%, to $52.3 million for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Segment adjusted operating income decreased 4.1% to $72.5 million, or 11.5% of segment net sales, compared to $75.5 million, or 11.8% of segment net sales, in fiscal 2016. The 0.3 percentage point decrease in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due to an increase in media advertising to support new product introductions and drive category awareness, as well as the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations. These factors were partially offset by a year-over-year increase in gross profit margin driven by lower product costs and favorable product/customer mix.  

 

Nutritional Supplements  

The Nutritional Supplements segment’s operating loss was $7.9 million compared to operating income of $11.4 million in fiscal 2016. Segment adjusted operating income decreased 48.2% to $10.2 million, or 7.8% of segment net sales, compared to $19.7 million, or 12.9% of segment net sales, in fiscal 2016. The 5.1 percentage point decrease in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due the net sales decline and its unfavorable impact on operating leverage, partially offset by lower promotion, advertising, and customer acquisition costs and lower incentive compensation costs. 

 

Beauty

The Beauty segment’s operating income increased $5.9 million, or 24.1%, to $30.3 million for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Segment adjusted operating income decreased 27.1% to $43.9 million, or 12.3% of segment net sales, compared to $60.2 million, or 13.7% of segment net sales, in fiscal 2016. The 1.4 percentage point decrease in adjusted operating margin is primarily due to the impact of a change in the rate used to re-measure our Venezuelan financial statements, which had a comparative unfavorable impact on operating income of approximately $8.4 million and adjusted operating margin of approximately 2.4 percentage points, foreign currency fluctuations, and other net sales declines and their unfavorable impact on operating leverage. These factors were partially offset by reduced product costs, a higher margin sales mix, and lower incentive compensation expense .

 

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $14.9 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $11.1 million in fiscal 2016. The increase in interest expense is due to:

 

·

higher levels of debt as a result of borrowings used to fund the repurchase of $75.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock and the $210.0 million acquisition of Hydro Flask in fiscal 2017;  and

 

·

higher average interest rates in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016.

 

33


 

Income Tax Expense  

Our fiscal 2017 income tax expense was $9.2 million and our effective tax rate was 6.1%, compared to $18.6 million and 15.5% respectively in fiscal 2016. The year-over-year comparison of our effective tax rates was impacted by the mix of taxable income in our various tax jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s organization in Bermuda and the ownership structure of its foreign subsidiaries, many of which are not owned directly or indirectly by a U.S. parent company, an immaterial amount of the Company’s foreign income is subject to U.S. taxation on a permanent basis under current law. Additionally, the Company’s intellectual property is largely owned by foreign subsidiaries of the Company, resulting in proportionally higher earnings in jurisdictions with lower statutory tax rates, which decreases the Company’s overall effective tax rate.

 

The fiscal 2017 effective tax rate was also favorably impacted by:

 

·

a $4.1 million tax benefit resulting from non-cash impairment charges of $12.4 million;

 

·

$1.8 million in tax benefits resulting from the recognition of excess tax benefits from share-based compensation in income tax expense rather than paid in capital due to our adoption of ASU 2016-09;

 

·

$1.6 million in tax benefits related to the resolution of uncertain tax positions; and

 

·

tax benefits of $1.5 million in due to the finalization of certain tax returns.

 

These items had the combined effect of lowering our effective tax rate by 5.1 percentage points.

 

Net Income, EPS, Adjusted Income (non-GAAP), and Adjusted EPS (non-GAAP)

In order to provide a better understanding of the impact of certain items on our net income and EPS, the analysis that follows reports the comparative after tax impact of non cash asset impairment charges, CEO succession costs, acquisition related expenses, Venezuelan currency re-measurement related charges, patent litigation charges, amortization of intangible assets, and non cash share based compensation, as applicable, on our net income, and basic and diluted EPS for the periods covered below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended   the Last   Day   of   February,

 

Basic   EPS

 

Diluted   EPS

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   

2017

    

2016

    

2015

   

2017

    

2016

   

2015

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

Net income as reported (GAAP)

 

$

140,689

 

$

101,228

 

$

131,164

 

$

5.11

 

$

3.58

 

$

4.59

 

$

5.04

 

$

3.52

 

$

4.52

Asset impairment charges, net of tax (1)

 

 

8,295

 

 

5,312

 

 

8,155

 

 

0.30

 

 

0.19

 

 

0.29

 

 

0.30

 

 

0.18

 

 

0.28

CEO succession costs, net of tax (2)

 

 

 

 

4,645

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

0.16

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

0.16

 

 

 -

Acquisition-related expenses, net of tax (3)

 

 

 

 

696

 

 

2,306

 

 

 -

 

 

0.03

 

 

0.08

 

 

 -

 

 

0.02

 

 

0.08

Venezuelan re-measurement related charges, net of tax (4)

 

 

 

 

18,733

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

0.66

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

0.65

 

 

 -

Patent litigation charge, net of tax (5)

 

 

1,464

 

 

17,785

 

 

 

 

0.05

 

 

0.63

 

 

 -

 

 

0.05

 

 

0.62

 

 

 -

Subtotal

 

 

150,448

 

 

148,399

 

 

141,625

 

 

5.46

 

 

5.25

 

 

4.96

 

 

5.39

 

 

5.16

 

 

4.88

Amortization of intangible assets, net of tax (6)

 

 

24,338

 

 

24,063

 

 

22,985

 

 

0.88

 

 

0.85

 

 

0.80

 

 

0.87

 

 

0.84

 

 

0.79

Non-cash share-based compensation, net of tax (7)

 

 

13,102

 

 

7,199

 

 

5,312

 

 

0.48

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.19

 

 

0.47

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.18

Adjusted income (non-GAAP)

 

$

187,888

 

$

179,661

 

$

169,922

 

$

6.82

 

$

6.35

 

$

5.95

 

$

6.73

 

$

6.25

 

$

5.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock used in computing basic and diluted EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,522

 

 

28,273

 

 

28,579

 

 

27,891

 

 

28,749

 

 

29,035

(1)

Includes non-cash intangible asset impairment charges in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 of $12.4, $6.0 and $9.0 million, respectively, net of taxes of $4.1, $0.7 and $0.8 million, respectively.

 

(2)

Includes CEO succession costs in connection with the settlement of a lawsuit with our former CEO recorded in fiscal 2016 of $6.7 million, net of taxes of $2.1 million.

 

(3)

Includes acquisition expenses incurred for Hydro Flask and Healthy Directions recorded in fiscal 2016 and 2015, of $0.7 and $3.6 million, respectively, net of taxes of $0 and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

(4)

Includes Venezuelan currency re-measurement related charges recorded in fiscal 2016 of $18.7 million (before and after tax).

 

(5)

Includes patent litigation charges recorded in fiscal 2017 and 2016, of $1.5 and $17.8 million (before and after tax), respectively.

34


 

(6)

Includes amortization of intangible assets in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, of $28.3, $27.8 and $25.3 million, respectively, net of taxes of $4.0, $3.7 and $2.3 million, respectively.

 

(7)

Includes non-cash share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, of $15.5, $8.5 and $6.0 million, respectively, net of taxes of $2.4, $1.3 and $0.7 million, respectively.

 

Our net income was $140.7 million for fiscal 2017 compared to $101.2 million for fiscal 2016, an increase of 39.0%. Our diluted earnings per share increased $1.52, or 43.2%, to $5.04 for fiscal 2017 compared to $3.52 for fiscal 2016.

 

Adjusted income increased $8.2 million, or 4.6%, for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Adjusted diluted EPS was $6.73 for fiscal 2017 compared to $6.25 for fiscal 2016. The increase in adjusted income was primarily due to an increase in adjusted operating income and lower tax expense, partially offset by higher interest expense. The increase in adjusted diluted EPS was due to increased adjusted income and the repurchase of 922,731 shares during fiscal 2017.

 

The tables referred to beginning on pages 32 and 34 under the headings “Operating Income, Operating Margin, Adjusted Operating Income (non-GAAP) and Adjusted Operating Margin (non-GAAP) by Segment” and “Net Income, EPS, Adjusted Income (non-GAAP), and Adjusted EPS (non-GAAP),” respectively report operating income, operating margin, net income and EPS without the impact of non-cash asset impairment charges, CEO succession costs, acquisition-related expenses, Venezuelan currency re-measurement related charges, patent litigation charges, amortization of intangible assets, and non-cash share-based compensation for the periods presented, as applicable.   These measures may be considered non-GAAP financial information as set forth in SEC Regulation G, Rule 100. The preceding table reconciles these measures to their corresponding GAAP-based measures presented in our consolidated statements of income. We believe that adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margin, adjusted income and adjusted EPS provide useful information to management and investors regarding financial and business trends relating to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, in combination with the Company’s financial results calculated in accordance with GAAP, provide investors with additional perspective regarding the impact of such charges on net income and earnings per share. We also believe that these non-GAAP measures facilitate a more direct comparison of the Company’s performance with its competitors. We further believe that including the excluded charges would not accurately reflect the underlying performance of the Company’s continuing operations for the period in which the charges are incurred, even though such charges may be incurred and reflected in the Company’s GAAP financial results in the near future. The material limitation associated with the use of the non-GAAP financial measures is that the non-GAAP measures do not reflect the full economic impact of the Company's activities. The Company’s adjusted operating income, adjusted operating margin, adjusted income and adjusted EPS are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, are not an alternative to GAAP financial information and may be calculated differently than non-GAAP financial information disclosed by other companies. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on non-GAAP information.

 

35


 

Comparison of Fiscal 2016 to Fiscal 2015

 

Consolidated and Segment Net Sales

The following table summarizes the impact that acquisitions and foreign currency had on our net sales revenue by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2016

 

(in thousands)

 

Housewares

 

 

Health & Home (1)

 

 

Nutritional Supplements (2)

 

 

Beauty

 

 

Total

 

Fiscal 2015 sales revenue, net

$

296,252

 

$

613,253

 

$

100,395

 

$

435,231

 

$

1,445,131

 

Core business

 

15,662

 

 

39,697

 

 

(154)

 

 

14,287

 

 

69,492

 

Impact of foreign currency

 

(1,251)

 

 

(18,202)

 

 

 -

 

 

(10,341)

 

 

(29,794)

 

Acquisitions

 

 -

 

 

7,987

 

 

52,885

 

 

 -

 

 

60,872

 

Change in sales revenue, net

 

14,411

 

 

29,482

 

 

52,731

 

 

3,946

 

 

100,570

 

Fiscal 2016 sales revenue, net

$

310,663

 

$

642,735

 

$

153,126

 

$

439,177

 

$

1,545,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net sales revenue growth

 

4.9

%

 

4.8

%

 

52.5

%

 

0.9

%

 

7.0

%

Core business

 

5.3

%

 

6.5

%

 

(0.2)

%

 

3.3

%

 

4.8

%

Impact of foreign currency

 

(0.4)

%

 

(3.0)

%

 

0.0

%

 

(2.4)

%

 

(2.1)

%

Acquisitions

 

0.0

%

 

1.3

%

 

52.7

%

 

0.0

%

 

4.2

%

(1)

Fiscal 2016 includes eleven months of incremental operating results from the Vicks VapoSteam inhalant business acquisition, acquired on March 31, 2015.

 

(2)

Fiscal 2016 includes four months of incremental operating results from the Healthy Directions acquisition, acquired on June 30, 2014.

 

Consolidated Net Sales Revenue

Consolidated net sales revenue increased $100.6 million, or 7.0%, to $1,545.7 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $1,445.1 million for fiscal 2015. The change was driven by:

 

·

a core business increase of $69.5 million, or 4.8%;

·

growth from acquisitions of $60.9 million, or 4.2%; and 

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $29.8 million, or 2.1%.

Segment Net Sales Revenue

 

Housewares

Net sales revenue in the Housewares segment increased $14.4 million, or 4.9%, to $310.7 million for fiscal 2016, compared to $296.3 million for fiscal 2015. The change was driven by:

·

core business growth of $15.7 million, or 5.3%, primarily due to innovative category extensions and expanded shelf space in traditional and online sales channels, partially offset by higher year-over-year promotional discounts in support of new product introductions; and

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $1.3 million, or 0.4%.

36


 

Health & Home  

Net sales revenue in the Health & Home segment increased $29.5 million, or 4.8%, to $642.7 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $613.3 million for fiscal 2015. The change was driven by:

 

·

core business growth of $39.7 million, or 6.5%, primarily due to new product introductions in thermometry and humidification and expanded distribution in Europe, growth in water filtration driven by greater consumer awareness of water quality issues and high sell-through of fan shipments in the U.S., Canada and Europe due to sustained high summer temperatures, partially offset by the impact of a weak cough/cold/flu season;

·

growth from acquisitions of $8.0 million, or 1.3%, representing eleven months of operating results from the acquisition of Vicks VapoSteam; and

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $18.2 million, or 3.0%.  

Nutritional Supplements

The Nutritional Supplements segment includes the operating results from Healthy Directions, which we acquired on June 30, 2014. The Nutritional Supplements segment contributed net sales revenue of $153.1 million in fiscal 2016. Core business net sales in the Nutritional Supplements segment for the eight months of comparable operating results since acquisition declined by $0.2 million as growth in direct-to-consumer product sales were offset by declines in the legacy print newsletter subscription business, which was de-emphasized as part of the segment’s growth strategy.

 

Beauty

Net sales revenue in the Beauty segment increased $4.0 million, or 0.9%, to $439.2 million for fiscal 2016 compared with $435.2 million for fiscal 2015. The change was driven by:

·

a core business increase of $14.3 million, or 3.3%, due to the impacts of hyperinflation in Venezuela, lower promotional discounts, and new products in the appliances and accessories categories;  partially offset by declines in personal care due to continued competitive pressures; and

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $10.3 million, or 2.4%.

Beauty segment net sales revenue includes sales from our operations in Venezuela of $22.0 and $10.3 million in fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively. As further discussed in Note 3  to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and under “Overview” above, we changed the rate used to re-measure our Venezuelan financial statements as of February 29, 2016. At the new exchange rate, we expect that U.S. reported net sales will no longer be meaningful to our consolidated and Beauty segment net sales.

 

Gross Profit Margin:

Consolidated gross profit margin for fiscal 2016 decreased 0.4 percentage points to 41.1%, compared to 41.5% for fiscal 2015. The decrease in consolidated gross profit margin is primarily due to:

 

·

a re-measurement related charge of $9.1 million with respect to Venezuelan inventory at February 29, 2016, which reduced consolidated gross profit margin by 0.6 percentage points; and

 

·

the unfavorable impact of net foreign currency fluctuations.

 

These factors were partially offset by an incremental four months of operating results from the Nutritional Supplements segment, which increased consolidated gross profit margin by 1.1 percentage points.

 

 

37


 

Selling, General and Administrative Expense:

Our consolidated SG&A ratio increased 2.6 percentage points to 32.4% for fiscal 2016, compared to 29.7% for fiscal 2015. The increase in the consolidated SG&A ratio is primarily due to:

 

·

Venezuelan re-measurement related charges of $9.6 million, which increased the SG&A ratio by 0.6 percentage points;

 

·

the impact of a $ 17.8 million patent litigation charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, which increased the SG&A ratio by 1.2 percentage points;

 

·

the impact of $6.7 million of CEO succession costs recorded as result of a settlement with our former CEO, which increased the SG&A ratio by 0.4 percentage points;

 

·

the unfavorable comparison resulting from a $7.0 million gain from the amendment of a trademark license agreement in fiscal 2015, which decreased the comparative period SG&A ratio by 0.5 percentage points; and

 

·

an incremental four months of operating results from the Nutritional Supplements segment, which operates with a higher SG&A ratio than our other segments.

 

These factors were partially offset by:

 

·

lower year-over-year foreign currency revaluation losses, partially due to cash flow hedges and a cross-currency debt swap;

 

·

lower outbound freight costs; and

 

·

the impact that higher overall net sales had on operating leverage

 

Asset Impairment Charges

 

Fiscal 2016

We performed interim impairment testing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 for certain of our brands as a result of revised growth outlooks. As a result of our testing, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $3.0 million ($2.7 million after tax). We performed our annual evaluation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the first quarter of fiscal 2016. As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $3.0 million ($2.7 million after tax). The charges in both quarters were related to certain trademarks in our Beauty segment, which were written down to fair value, determined on the basis of future discounted cash flows using the relief from royalty valuation method.

 

Fiscal 2015

We performed our annual evaluation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the first quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks and licenses, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $9.0 million ($8.2 million after tax). The charge was related to certain trademarks in our Beauty segment, which were written down to their estimated fair value, determined on the basis of future discounted cash flows using the relief from royalty valuation method.

 

38


 

Operating Income, Operating Margin, Adjusted Operating Income   (non-GAAP), and Adjusted Operating Margin (non-GAAP) by Segment

Adjusted operating income and adjusted operating margin may be considered non-GAAP financial measures as set forth in SEC Regulation G, Rule 100. An explanation of the reasons why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial information is useful and the nature and limitations of the non-GAAP financial measures is furnished beginning on page 35.

 

Consolidated

Consolidated operating income decreased 19.2% to $130.6 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $161.7 million for fiscal 2015. Consolidated adjusted operating income increased 5.4% to $216.8 million, or 14.0% of consolidated net sales, compared to $205.6 million, or 14.2% of net sales for fiscal 2015. The 0.2 percentage point decrease in consolidated adjusted operating margin primarily reflects the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations and the comparative impact of a $7.0 million gain from the amendment of a license agreement recorded in fiscal year 2015, partially offset by sales growth, improved operating leverage and the impact of hyperinflation in Venezuela.

 

Housewares

The Housewares segment’s operating income decreased $2.7 million, or 4.6%, to $56.7 million for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Segment adjusted operating income decreased 0.2% to $61.4 million or 19.8% of segment net sales, compared to $61.5 million or 20.8% of net sales in fiscal 2015. The 1.0 percentage point decrease in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due to higher promotional spending, increased media advertising in support of new products and categories, higher compensation expense incurred to support category expansion and increased operating capacity, and lower margin kitchen electric sales.

 

Health & Home

The Health & Home segment’s operating income decreased $12.7 million, or 25.1%, to $38.1 million for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Segment adjusted operating income increased 14.8% to $75.5 million or 11.8% of segment net sales, compared to $65.8 million or 10.7% of net sales in fiscal 2015. The 1.1 percentage point increase in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due to favorable operating leverage from net sales revenue growth and margin accretion from the VapoSteam acquisition, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations on U.S. Dollar reported net sales, and the unfavorable comparative impact of a $7.0 million gain from the amendment of a trademark license agreement recorded in fiscal 2015. 

 

Nutritional Supplements

The Nutritional Supplements segment’s operating income includes the operating results from Healthy Directions, which we acquired on June 30, 2014. The Nutritional Supplements segment contributed operating income of $11.5 million in fiscal 2016. Segment adjusted  operating margin for fiscal 2016 was 12.9% of segment net sales compared to 17.7% of segment net sales for the eight months of operating results included in fiscal 2015. The decrease in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due to:

 

·

a  decline of 3.1 percentage points from an allocation of $4.7 million of shared service and corporate overhead expenses that were not made in fiscal 2015, the year of acquisition; and

 

·

increased investments in promotions, advertising, customer acquisition, and online sales channel development.

 

Beauty

The Beauty segment’s operating income decreased $17.6 million, or 41.8%, to $24.4 million for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Segment adjusted operating income decreased 0.5% to $60.2 million or 13.7% of segment net sales, compared to $60.5 million or 13.9% in fiscal 2015. The 0.2 percentage point decrease in segment adjusted operating margin is primarily due the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations on U.S. Dollar reported net sales revenue.    

 

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased to $11.1 million in fiscal 2016 compared to $15.0 million in fiscal 2015. The decrease in interest expense is due to lower interest rates incurred on borrowings under our credit facility and lower term debt outstanding in fiscal 2016, which accrued interest at comparatively higher rates than under our credit facility.

39


 

Income Tax Expense

Our fiscal year 2016 income tax expense was $18.6 million and our effective tax rate was 15.5% compared to $16.1 million and 10.9% in fiscal 2015. The year-over-year comparison of our effective tax rates was primarily impacted by the mix of taxable income in our various tax jurisdictions.

 

The fiscal 2016 effective tax rate was also impacted by:

 

·

the unfavorable effect of Venezuelan currency re-measurement and non-cash impairment charges of $18.7 million, with no related tax benefit;

 

·

the unfavorable effect of a patent litigation charge of $17.8 million with minimal related tax benefit;

 

·

the impact of unfavorable foreign currency exchange fluctuations on income before tax, with no related tax benefit; and

 

·

tax benefits of $2.1 million due to the finalization of certain tax returns and changes in uncertain tax positions.

 

These items had the combined effect of increasing our effective tax rate by 2.3 percentage points.

 

Net Income, EPS, Adjusted Income (non-GAAP), and Adjusted EPS (non-GAAP)

Adjusted income and adjusted EPS may be considered non-GAAP financial measures as set forth in SEC Regulation G, Rule 100. An explanation of the reasons why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial information is useful and the nature and limitations of the non-GAAP financial measures is furnished beginning on page 35.

 

Our net income was $101.2 million for fiscal 2016 compared to $131.1 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of 22.8%. Our diluted EPS decreased $1.00, or 22.1%, to $3.52 for fiscal 2016 compared to $4.52 for fiscal 2015.

 

Adjusted income increased $9.7 million, or 5.7%, for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Adjusted diluted EPS was $6.25 for fiscal 2016 compared to $5.85 for fiscal 2015. The increase in adjusted income was primarily due to overall sales growth, lower interest expense, and a slight decline in adjusted operating margin of 0.2 percentage points, despite the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange fluctuations in fiscal 2016 and the comparative impact of a $7.0 million after tax gain from the amendment of a trademark license agreement recorded in fiscal 2015. The increase in adjusted diluted EPS was due to increased adjusted income and lower diluted shares outstanding compared to fiscal 2015.

 

40


 

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Selected measures of our liquidity and capital utilization for fiscal 2017 and 2016 are shown below:

 

SELECTED MEASURES OF OUR LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL UTILIZATION (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended February 28, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Accounts Receivable Turnover (Days)

 

 

55.3

 

 

52.4

 

Inventory Turnover (Times) (2)

 

 

2.8

 

 

2.9

 

Working Capital (in thousands) (3)

 

$

266,711

 

$

487,486

 

Current Ratio (3)

 

 

1.9:1

 

 

2.8:1

 

Ending Debt to Ending Equity Ratio (3)

 

 

47.6

%  

 

66.7

%  

Return on Average Equity (4)

 

 

14.4

%  

 

10.9

%  

(1)

Accounts receivable turnover, inventory turnover and return on average equity computations use 12 month trailing net sales revenue, cost of goods sold or net income components as required by the particular measure. The current and four prior quarters' ending balances of accounts receivable, inventory and equity are used for the purposes of computing the average balance component as required by the particular measure.

(2)

For fiscal 2016, inventory turnover without the impact of a $9.1 million non-cash inventory impairment charge due to Venezulan currency re-measurement was 2.8 times.

(3)

As a result of the adoption of new accounting pronouncements in fiscal 2017, we reclassified certain elements of working capital from current to long-term. Corresponding prior year amounts were reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.  Refer to Note 4 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information.

 

(4)

Net income and average equity for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 include after tax non-cash asset impairment charges of $8.3 and $5.3 million, respectively, and after-tax patent litigation charges of $1.5 and $17.8, respectively. In addition, net income and average equity for fiscal year 2016 include after tax acquisition-related expenses $0.7 million, after tax CEO succession costs of $4.7 million and after tax Venezuelan currency re-measurement related charges of $18.7 million. For fiscal years 2017 and 2016, these items had an unfavorable impact of 0.9 and 4.9 percentage points, respectively, on the return on average equity.

 

Operating Activities

 

Comparison of Fiscal 2017 to Fiscal 2016

Operating activities provided $228.5 million of cash during fiscal 2017 compared to $186.5 million of cash provided during fiscal 2016. The increase in operating cash flow was primarily due to the increase in net income and net favorable fluctuations in working capital components.

 

Accounts receivable increased $12.4 million to $229.9 million at the end of fiscal 2017, compared to $217.5 million at the end of fiscal 2016. Accounts receivable turnover increased to 55.3 days from 52.4 days in fiscal 2016.

 

Inventory decreased $12.5 million to $289.1 million at the end of fiscal 2017, compared to $301.6 million at the end of fiscal 2016. Inventory as of February 28, 2017 includes $25.0 million from the Hydro Flask acquisition. Inventory turnover was 2.8 times for fiscal 2017 compared to 2.9 times for fiscal 2016. 

 

Working capital was $266.7 million at the end of fiscal 2017, compared to $487.5 million at the end of fiscal 2016. The decrease in working capital was primarily due to the use of $210 million in cash held at the end of fiscal 2016 to fund the Hydro Flask acquisition in March 2016.

 

41


 

Comparison of Fiscal 2016 to Fiscal 2015

Operating activities provided $185.3 million of cash during fiscal 2016 compared to $178.6 million of cash provided during fiscal 2015. The increase in operating cash flow was primarily due to fluctuations in working capital components.

 

Accounts receivable decreased $5.0 million to $217.5 million at the end of fiscal 2016, compared to $222.5 million at the end of fiscal 2015. Accounts receivable turnover improved to 52.4 days from 58.6 days in fiscal year 2015. The change in accounts receivable turnover is primarily due to the impact of an additional four months of Nutritional Supplements net sales without a corresponding increase in accounts receivable, as the segment collects most of its revenue upon shipment of product.

 

Inventory increased $8.5 million to $301.6 million at the end of fiscal 2016, compared to $293.1 million at the end of fiscal 2015. Inventory turnover increased to 2.9 times per year from 2.7 times per year in fiscal 2015. We believe the improvement in inventory turnover is due primarily to improvements in our supply chain operations and SKU rationalization efforts, as well as the impact of the Nutritional Supplements segment, which turns inventory at a higher rate than the rest of our segments.

 

Working capital was $487.5 million at the end of fiscal 2016, compared to $277.9 million at the end of fiscal 2015. The increase in working capital was primarily the result of a $210 million draw on our revolving credit facility shortly before the end of fiscal 2016 to facilitate the closing of the Hydro Flask acquisition in March 2016.

 

Investing Activities

 

Investing activities used cash of $229.9, $63.7 and $202.5 million in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Highlights from Fiscal 2017

·

we spent $0.6 million on building and improvements, $13.5 million on computers, software implementations and enhancements, furniture and other equipment, $5.5 million on tools, molds and other capital asset additions, and $1.0 million on the development of new patents; and

 

·

we paid $209.3 million to acquire Hydro Flask.

 

Highlights from Fiscal 2016

·

we spent $6.4 million on building and improvements, $10.6 million on computers, software implementations and enhancements, $2.5 million on tools, molds and other capital asset additions and $1.1 million on the development of new patents; and

 

·

we paid $42.8 million to acquire the Vicks VapoSteam inhalant business in the Health & Home segment.

 

Highlights from Fiscal 2015

·

we spent $3.0 million on information technology infrastructure, building and improvements and furniture and other equipment, $2.4 million on tools, molds and other capital asset additions and $1.2 million on the development of new patents; and

 

·

we paid $195.9 million to acquire Healthy Directions.

 

Financing Activities:

 

Financing activities provided (used) cash of ($201.4), $90.7 and ($34.5) million in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Highlights from Fiscal 2017

·

we had draws of $470.9 million against our credit agreement;

 

·

we repaid $580.3 million drawn against our credit agreement;

 

·

we repaid $23.8 million of long-term debt; and

 

42


 

·

we repurchased and retired 929,017 shares of common stock at an average price of $81.37 per share for a total purchase price of $75.6 million through a combination of the settlement of certain stock awards and open market purchases.

 

Highlights from Fiscal 2016

·

we had draws of $802.6 million against our credit agreement, including $210 million drawn shortly before fiscal year end to facilitate the closing of the Hydro Flask acquisition in March 2016;

 

·

we repaid $590.0 million drawn against our credit agreement;

 

·

we repaid $21.9 million of long-term debt;

 

·

we issued 276,548 shares of common stock as payment for $15 million in separation compensation due to our former CEO, and he tendered back 116,012 shares as payment for $12 million in related federal income tax witholding obligations; and

 

·

we repurchased and retired 1,244,090 shares of common stock at an average price of $85.53 per share for a total purchase price of $106.4 million through a combination of the settlement of certain stock awards and open market purchases.

 

Highlights from Fiscal 2015

·

we had draws of $769.0 million against our credit agreement;

 

·

we repaid $431.5 million drawn against our credit agreement;

 

·

we repaid $96.9 million of long-term debt; and

 

·

we repurchased and retired 4,174,093 shares of common stock at an average price of $66.70 per share for a total purchase price of $278.4 million through a combination of a modified “Dutch auction” tender offer, the settlement of certain stock awards and open market purchases.

Credit Agreement and Other Debt Agreements

 

Credit Agreement

We have a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and other lenders that provides for an unsecured total revolving commitment of $1 billion as of February 28, 2017. The commitment under the Credit Agreement terminates on December 7, 2021. Borrowings accrue interest under one of two alternative methods as described in the Credit Agreement. With each borrowing against our credit line, we can elect the interest rate method based on our funding needs at the time. We also incur loan commitment and letter of credit fees under the Credit Agreement. Outstanding letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis. In connection with an amendment to our Credit Agreement in fiscal 2017, we incurred a total of $2.3 million in new debt acquisition costs that are being amortized over the term of the Credit Agreement. As of February 28, 2017, the outstanding revolving loan principal balance was $440.7 million and the balance of outstanding letters of credit was $1.5 million. As of February 28, 2017, the amount available for borrowings under the Credit Agreement was $557.8 million. Covenants in our debt agreements limit the amount of total indebtedness we can incur. As of February 28, 2017 these covenants effectively limited our ability to incur more than $280.6 million of additional debt from all sources, including our Credit Agreement. 

 

Other Debt Agreements

In addition to the Credit Agreement, at February 28, 2017, we had an aggregate principal balance of $20 million of 3.9% Senior Notes due January 2018 with one remaining installment due in January 2018.

 

We also have an aggregate principal balance of approximately $30 million under a loan agreement with the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation (the “MBFC Loan”). The borrowings were used to fund construction of our Olive Branch, Mississippi distribution facility. $3.8 and $1.9 million in principal payments were made on March 1, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The remaining loan balance is payable as follows: $5.7 million on March 1, 2017; $1.9 million on March 1,

43


 

2018 through 2022; and $14.8 million on March 1, 2023. Any remaining outstanding principal and interest is due upon maturity on March 1, 2023.

 

Our debt agreements require the maintenance of certain key financial covenants, defined in the table below. Our debt agreements also contain other customary covenants, including, among other things, covenants restricting or limiting us, except under certain conditions set forth therein, from (1) incurring debt, (2) incurring liens on its properties, (3) making certain types of investments, (4) selling certain assets or making other fundamental changes relating to mergers and consolidations, and (5) repurchasing shares of our common stock and paying dividends. Our debt agreements also contain customary events of default, including failure to pay principal or interest when due, among others. Our debt agreements are cross-defaulted to each other. Upon an event of default under our debt agreements, the holders or lenders may,

among other things, accelerate the maturity of any amounts outstanding under our debt agreements. The commitments of the lenders to make loans to us under the Credit Agreement are several and not joint. Accordingly, if any lender fails to make loans to us, our available liquidity could be reduced by an amount up to the aggregate amount of such lender’s commitments under the credit facility.

 

The table below provides the formulas currently in effect under various provisions contained in certain key financial covenants under our debt agreements:  

 

 

 

 

 

Applicable Financial Covenant

Credit Agreement and MBFC Loan

3.9% Senior Notes

 

 

 

 

 

$500 Million

Minimum Consolidated Net Worth

None

+

 

 

25% of Fiscal Quarter Net Earnings

 

 

After August 31, 2010 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT (2)

EBIT (2)

 

÷

÷

Interest Coverage Ratio

Interest Expense (2)

Interest Expense (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Required:  3.00 to 1.00

Minimum Required:  2.50 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current and Long Term Debt (3)

Total Current and Long Term Debt (3)

 

÷

÷

Maximum Leverage Ratio

[EBITDA (2) + Pro Forma Effect of Acquisitions]

[EBITDA (2) + Pro Forma Effect of Acquisitions]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Allowed:  3.25 to 1.00

Maximum Allowed:  3.25 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBIT:

Earnings Before Non-Cash Charges, Interest Expense and Taxes 

 

 

EBITDA:

EBIT  +  Depreciation and Amortization Expense  +  Share Based Compensation

 

 

Total Capitalization:

Total Current and Long Term Debt  +  Total Equity

 

 

Pro Forma Effect of Acquisitions:

For any acquisition, pre-acquisition EBITDA of the acquired business is included so that the EBITDA of the acquired business included in the computation equals its twelve month trailing total.

 

Notes:

(1)

Excluding any fiscal quarter net losses.

(2)

Computed using totals for the latest reported four consecutive fiscal quarters.

(3)

Computed using the ending balances as of the latest reported fiscal quarter.

44


 

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments in effect as of the end of fiscal 2017 were:

 

PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD - TWELVE MONTHS ENDED THE LAST DAY OF FEBRUARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 

After

(in thousands)

   

Total

   

1 year

   

2 years

   

3 years

   

4 years

   

5 years

   

5 years

Fixed rate debt

 

$

20,000

 

$

20,000

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Floating rate debt

 

 

470,707

 

 

5,700

 

 

1,900

 

 

1,900

 

 

1,900

 

 

442,600

 

 

16,707

Long-term incentive plan payouts

 

 

12,840

 

 

6,630

 

 

3,716

 

 

2,494

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Interest on fixed rate debt

 

 

676

 

 

676

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Interest on floating rate debt (1)

 

 

47,995

 

 

10,050

 

 

10,006

 

 

9,963

 

 

9,920

 

 

7,717

 

 

339

Open purchase orders

 

 

193,434

 

 

193,434

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Long-term purchase commitments

 

 

804

 

 

501

 

 

303

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Minimum royalty payments

 

 

62,820

 

 

13,089

 

 

12,841

 

 

12,947

 

 

9,856

 

 

8,895

 

 

5,192

Advertising and promotional

 

 

56,006

 

 

19,879

 

 

7,145

 

 

7,253

 

 

7,337

 

 

7,413

 

 

6,979

Operating leases

 

 

37,143

 

 

6,511

 

 

5,936

 

 

4,440

 

 

4,118

 

 

3,878

 

 

12,260

Capital spending commitments

 

 

683

 

 

683

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total contractual obligations (2)

 

$

903,108

 

$

277,153

 

$

41,847

 

$

38,997

 

$

33,131

 

$

470,503

 

$

41,477

(1)

We estimate our future obligations for interest on our floating rate debt by assuming the weighted average interest rates in effect on each floating rate debt obligation at February 28, 2017 remain constant into the future. This is an estimate, as actual rates will vary over time. In addition, for the Credit Agreement, we assume that the balance outstanding as of February 28, 2017 remains the same for the remaining term of the agreement. The actual balance outstanding under our Credit Agreement may fluctuate significantly in future periods, depending on the availability of cash flow from operations and future investing and financing considerations.

 

(2)

In addition to the contractual obligations and commercial commitments in the table above, as of February 28, 2017, we have recorded a provision for uncertain tax positions of $6.6 million. We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of most of the future payments, if any, related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded these tax liabilities from the table above.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no existing activities involving special purpose entities or off-balance sheet financing.

 

Current and Future Capital Needs

Based on our current financial condition and current operations, we believe that cash flows from operations and available financing sources will continue to provide sufficient capital resources to fund our foreseeable short- and long-term liquidity requirements. We expect our capital needs to stem primarily from the need to purchase sufficient levels of inventory and to carry normal levels of accounts receivable on our balance sheet. In addition, we continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities on a regular basis. We may finance acquisition activity with available cash, the issuance of shares of common stock, additional debt, or other sources of financing, depending upon the size and nature of any such transaction and the status of the capital markets at the time of such acquisition. We may also elect to repurchase additional shares of common stock up to the balance of our current authorization over the next fiscal year, subject to limitations contained in our debt agreements and based upon our assessment of a number of factors, including share price, trading volume and general market conditions, working capital requirements, general business conditions, financial conditions, any applicable contractual limitations, and other factors, including alternative investment opportunities. For additional information, see Part II, Item 5., “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in this report.  As of February 28, 2017, the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries was $18.9 million, of which, an immaterial amount was held in foreign countries where the funds may not be readily convertible into other currencies.

 

45


 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The SEC defines critical accounting policies as those that are both most important to the portrayal of a company's financial condition and results, and require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We consider the following policies to meet this definition.

 

Income Taxes

We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments must be used in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities because of differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. We must assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we must increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable. As changes occur in our assessments regarding our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, our tax provision is increased in any period in which we determine that the recovery is not probable.

 

In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities requires us to account for uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed within GAAP. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit based upon its technical merits, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that has greater than a 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, historical experience with similar tax matters, guidance from our tax advisors, and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period in which the change occurs.

 

Estimates of Credits to be Issued to Customers

We regularly receive requests for credits from retailers for returned products or in connection with sales incentives, such as cooperative advertising and volume rebate agreements. We reduce sales or increase SG&A, depending on the nature of the credits, for estimated future credits to customers. Our estimates of these amounts are based on either historical information about credits issued, relative to total sales, or on specific knowledge of incentives offered to retailers. This process entails a significant amount of subjectivity and uncertainty.

 

Valuation of Inventory

We currently record inventory on our balance sheet at average cost, or net realizable value, if it is below our recorded cost. Determination of net realizable value requires us to estimate the point in time at which an item's net realizable value drops below its recorded cost. We regularly review our inventory for slow-moving items and for items that we are unable to sell at prices above their original cost. When we identify such an item, we reduce its book value to the net amount that we expect to realize upon its sale. This process entails a significant amount of inherent subjectivity and uncertainty.

 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

As a result of acquisitions, we have significant intangible assets on our balance sheet that include goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles (primarily trademarks and licenses). Accounting for business combinations requires the use of estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate the purchase price. The estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable using established valuation techniques that consider a number of factors, and when appropriate, valuations performed by independent third-party appraisers.

 

We consider whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest that the carrying value of our goodwill and other long-lived assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates

46


 

that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The steps entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity.

 

Our annual impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets has historically occurred in the first quarter of our fiscal year. In December 2016, we elected to change our annual impairment testing to the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. Accordingly, for fiscal 2017 we completed impairment tests during both the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Going forward, we expect to complete the annual analysis of the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year , or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.

 

Due to recent declines in revenue associated with our Nutritional Supplements segment, our annual impairment testing of  goodwill and other intangible assets for the segment reflected a fair value that was in excess of the carrying value of the segment by a smaller margin than occurred in previous impairment tests. In addition, the fair value of the indefinite lived brand asset was determined to be less than the carrying value and impairments of $9.5 million were recorded during fiscal 2017. The fair value was determined using primarily a discounted cash flow model and we believe our assumptions of future revenue, gross margin and operating expenses are reasonable in the circumstances. However, as we continue to execute our strategy, actual results could differ from our current expectations. To the extent that our forecasted cash flows were to decline further, it is reasonably likely that we could record impairment expense or incur other charges or losses in the future. We are unable to project what, if any, expense, charges or losses will be in future periods.

 

Considerable management judgment is necessary in reaching a conclusion regarding the reasonableness of fair value estimates, evaluating the most likely impact of a range of possible external conditions, considering the resulting operating changes and their impact on estimated future cash flows, determining the appropriate discount factors to use, and selecting and weighting appropriate comparable market level inputs.

 

The Company continues to monitor its reporting units for any triggering events or other signs of impairment. For both the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in its reporting units, the recoverability of these amounts is dependent upon achievement of the Company’s projections and the continued execution of key initiatives related to revenue growth and improved profitability. The rates used in our projections are management’s estimate of the most likely results over time, given a wide range of potential outcomes. The assumptions and estimates used in our impairment testing involve significant elements of subjective judgment and analysis by the Company’s management. While we believe that the assumptions we use are reasonable at the time made, changes in business conditions or other unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that cause actual results to differ materially from projected results and this could potentially require future adjustments to our asset valuations.

 

Carrying Value of Other Long-Lived Assets

We consider whether circumstances or conditions exist that suggest that the carrying value of a long-lived asset might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair market value. If analysis indicates that the asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. The steps entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity.

 

Economic Useful Life of Intangible Assets

We amortize intangible assets, such as licenses, trademarks, customer lists and distribution rights over their economic useful lives, unless those assets' economic useful lives are indefinite. If an intangible asset’s economic useful life is deemed indefinite, that asset is not amortized. When we acquire an intangible asset, we consider factors such as the asset's history, our plans for that asset and the market for products associated with the asset. We consider these same factors when reviewing the economic useful lives of our previously acquired intangible assets as well. We review the economic useful lives of our intangible assets at least annually. The determination of the economic useful life of an intangible asset requires a significant amount of judgment and entails significant subjectivity and uncertainty. We complete our analysis of the remaining useful economic lives of our intangible assets during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

 

47


 

Share-Based Compensation

We account for share-based employee compensation plans under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance restricted stock units (“PSUs”), to be measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The resulting expense is recognized over the periods during which the employee is required to perform service in exchange for the award. The estimated number of PSU’s that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

 

Stock options are recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values using an option pricing model at the date of grant. We use a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of options. This model requires various judgmental assumptions including volatility, forfeiture rates and expected option life.

 

For a more comprehensive list of our accounting policies, we encourage you to read Note 1 included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Note 1 describes several other policies, including policies governing the timing of revenue recognition, that are important to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, but do not meet the SEC's definition of critical accounting policies because they do not involve subjective or complex judgments.

 

New Accounting Guidance

 

Refer to Note 4 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of any new accounting pronouncements and the potential impact to our consolidated results of operations and financial position.

 

 

48


 

Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates are our primary financial market risks.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

Our functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. By operating internationally, we are subject to foreign currency risk from transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar (“foreign currencies”). Such transactions include sales, certain inventory purchases and operating expenses. As a result of such transactions, portions of our cash, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable are denominated in foreign currencies. For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 12%, 14% and 14%, respectively, of our net sales revenue was in foreign currencies. These sales were primarily denominated in British Pounds, Euros, Mexican Pesos, Canadian Dollars, and Venezuelan Bolivars. We make most of our inventory purchases from the Far East and use the U.S. Dollar for such purchases. In our consolidated statements of income, exchange gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign taxes receivable, taxes payable, deferred tax assets, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in their respective income tax lines, and all other foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in SG&A.

 

We identify foreign currency risk by regularly monitoring our foreign currency-denominated transactions and balances. Where operating conditions permit, we reduce foreign currency risk by purchasing most of our inventory with U.S. Dollars and by converting cash balances denominated in foreign currencies to U.S. Dollars.

 

We hedge against certain foreign currency exchange rate-risk by using a series of forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges and mark-to-market derivatives to protect against the foreign currency exchange risk inherent in our forecasted transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our primary objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility of net earnings and cash flows, and the net asset value associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our foreign currency risk management strategy includes both hedging instruments and derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, which generally have terms of up to 12 months. We do not enter into any forward exchange contracts or similar instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. We expect that as currency market conditions warrant, and our foreign denominated transaction exposure grows, we will continue to execute additional contracts in order to hedge against certain potential foreign exchange losses. Refer to Note 13 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information regarding these instruments.

 

Chinese Renminbi Currency Exchange Uncertainties

A significant portion of the products we sell are purchased from third-party manufacturers in China. The Chinese Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. Dollar in recent years, devaluing by approximately 5 percent against the U.S. Dollar during fiscal 2017. If China’s currency continues to fluctuate against the U.S. Dollar in the short-to-intermediate term, we cannot accurately predict the impact of those fluctuations on our results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that foreign exchange rates will be stable in the future or that fluctuations in Chinese foreign currency markets will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Interest Rate Risk

Interest on our outstanding debt as of February 28, 2017 is both floating and fixed, as such, we are exposed to changes in short-term market interest rates and these changes in rates will impact our net interest expense. Additionally, our cash and short-term investments generate interest income that will vary based on changes in short-term interest. Refer to Notes 10 and 13 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities.

 

49


 

Rate Sensitive Financial Instruments

The following table shows the approximate potential fair value change in U.S. Dollars that would arise from a hypothetical adverse 10% change in certain market-based rates underlying our rate sensitive financial instruments as of February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 2017

 

 

Face or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Notional

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Change   in

(in thousands)

    

Amount

    

Value

    

Value

    

Fair Value

Fixed rate long-term debt (1)

 

$

20,000

 

$

(19,763)

 

$

(19,858)

 

$

247

Foreign currency contracts - cross-currency debt swap

 

$

10,000

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

(224)

Foreign currency contracts - Euros (2)

 

27,500

 

$

727

 

$

727

 

$

(2,944)

Foreign currency contracts - Canadian Dollars (2)

 

$

24,000

 

$

187

 

$

187

 

$

(2,178)

Foreign currency contracts - Pounds (2)

 

£

13,500

 

$

548

 

$

548

 

$

(1,686)

Foreign currency contracts - Mexican Peso (2)

 

$

59,600

 

$

(47)

 

$

(47)

 

$

(318)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 29, 2016

 

 

Face or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Notional

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Change   in

(in thousands)

    

Amount

    

Value

    

Value

    

Fair Value

Fixed rate long-term debt (1)

 

$

40,000

 

$

(39,496)

 

$

(40,410)

 

$

(129)

Foreign currency contracts - cross-currency debt swap

 

$

5,000

 

$

206

 

$

206

 

$

(273)

Foreign currency contracts - Euros (2)

 

27,000

 

$

1,066

 

$

1,066

 

$

(2,959)

Foreign currency contracts - Canadian Dollars (2)

 

$

28,000

 

$

(502)

 

$

(502)

 

$

(2,246)

Foreign currency contracts - Pounds (2)

 

£

3,450

 

$

94

 

$

94

 

$

(482)

Foreign currency contracts - Australian Dollars (2)

 

$

1,650

 

$

 6

 

$

 6

 

$

(118)

(1)

The underlying interest rates used as a basis for these estimates are rates quoted by our lenders on fixed rate notes of similar term and credit quality as of the balance sheet dates shown.

 

(2)

Appreciation in the value of the U.S. Dollar would result in an increase in the fair value of the related foreign currency contracts.

 

The table above is for risk analysis purposes and does not purport to represent actual losses or gains in fair value that we could incur. It is important to note that the change in value represents the estimated change in the fair value of the contracts. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these estimated results due to actual developments in the global financial markets. Because the contracts hedge an underlying exposure, we would expect a similar and opposite change in foreign exchange gains or losses and floating interest rates over the same periods as the contracts.

50


 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

   

52

 

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

 

53

 

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2017

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2017

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2017

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2017

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

60

 

 

 

 

Financial Statement Schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended February 28, 2017

 

95

 

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or is not applicable.

 

51


 

MANAGEMENT’S REPOR T ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Helen of Troy’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets;

·

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Board of Directors; and

·

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility that misstatements may not be prevented or detected. Furthermore, the effectiveness of internal controls may become inadequate because of future changes in conditions, or variations in the degree of compliance with our policies or procedures.

 

Our management assesses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in the 2013   Internal Control-Integrated Framework . Based on our assessment, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 28, 2017.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 53.

 

52


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDEN T REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 28, 201 7 , based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2017, based on the criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended February 28, 2017, and our report dated May 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements .

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Dallas, Texas

May 1, 2017

53


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 2017. Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries as of February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 28, 2017, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated May 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Dallas, Texas

May 1, 2017 

 

 

54


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 

 

February 29,

(in thousands, except shares and par value)

    

2017

    

2016

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets, current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

23,087

 

$

225,800

Receivables - principally trade, less allowances of $5,656 and $5,898

 

 

229,928

 

 

217,543

Inventory

 

 

289,122

 

 

301,609

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

11,699

 

 

9,780

Income taxes receivable

 

 

2,242

 

 

356

Total assets, current

 

 

556,078

 

 

755,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $106,561 and $93,926

 

 

134,935

 

 

130,465

Goodwill

 

 

698,929

 

 

583,005

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $165,388 and $137,174

 

 

419,489

 

 

375,751

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

1,955

 

 

2,484

Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,930 and $1,828

 

 

1,710

 

 

2,101

Total assets

 

$

1,813,096

 

$

1,848,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities, current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable, principally trade

 

$

111,763

 

$

103,713

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

153,200

 

 

141,245

Long-term debt, current maturities

 

 

24,404

 

 

22,644

Total liabilities, current

 

 

289,367

 

 

267,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

 

 

461,211

 

 

597,270

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

20,091

 

 

27,364

Other liabilities, noncurrent

 

 

21,661

 

 

26,615

Total liabilities

 

 

792,330

 

 

918,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative preferred stock, non-voting, $1.00 par. Authorized 2,000,000 shares; none issued

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Common stock, $0.10 par. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; 27,028,665 and 27,735,034 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

issued and outstanding

 

 

2,703

 

 

2,774

Additional paid in capital

 

 

218,760

 

 

198,077

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,173

 

 

665

Retained earnings

 

 

798,130

 

 

728,527

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

1,020,766

 

 

930,043

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

1,813,096

 

$

1,848,894

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands, except per share data)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Sales revenue, net

 

$

1,537,219

 

$

1,545,701

 

$

1,445,131

Cost of goods sold

 

 

861,751

 

 

909,696

 

 

845,572

Gross profit

 

 

675,468

 

 

636,005

 

 

599,559

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense ("SG&A")

 

 

498,736

 

 

499,390

 

 

428,840

Asset impairment charges

 

 

12,400

 

 

6,000

 

 

9,000

Operating income

 

 

164,332

 

 

130,615

 

 

161,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonoperating income, net

 

 

414

 

 

299

 

 

517

Interest expense

 

 

(14,857)

 

 

(11,096)

 

 

(15,022)

Income before income taxes

 

 

149,889

 

 

119,818

 

 

147,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

9,200

 

 

18,590

 

 

16,050

Net income

 

$

140,689

 

$

101,228

 

$

131,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

5.11

 

$

3.58

 

$

4.59

Diluted

 

$

5.04

 

$

3.52

 

$

4.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock used in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

computing net earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

27,522

 

 

28,273

 

 

28,579

Diluted

 

 

27,891

 

 

28,749

 

 

29,035

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

56


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

Before

 

 

 

 

Net of

 

Before

 

 

 

Net of

 

Before

 

 

 

Net of

(in thousands)

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

    

Tax

Income

 

$

149,889

 

$

(9,200)

 

$

140,689

 

$

119,818

 

$

(18,590)

 

$

101,228

 

$

147,214

 

$

(16,050)

 

$

131,164

Other comprehensive income ("OCI")

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge activity - interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in fair market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

(10)

 

 

18

Settlements reclassified to income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,199

 

 

(420)

 

 

779

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,227

 

 

(430)

 

 

797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge activity - foreign currency contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in fair market value

 

 

2,205

 

 

(380)

 

 

1,825

 

 

1,978

 

 

(314)

 

 

1,664

 

 

434

 

 

(62)

 

 

372

Settlements reclassified to income

 

 

(1,454)

 

 

137

 

 

(1,317)

 

 

(1,203)

 

 

280

 

 

(923)

 

 

(176)

 

 

22

 

 

(154)

Subtotal

 

 

751

 

 

(243)

 

 

508

 

 

775

 

 

(34)

 

 

741

 

 

258

 

 

(40)

 

 

218

Total OCI

 

 

751

 

 

(243)

 

 

508

 

 

775

 

 

(34)

 

 

741

 

 

1,485

 

 

(470)

 

 

1,015

Comprehensive income

 

$

150,640

 

$

(9,443)

 

$

141,197

 

$

120,593

 

$

(18,624)

 

$

101,969

 

$

148,699

 

$

(16,520)

 

$

132,179

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

57


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equit y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended   the   Last   Day   of   February,

(in thousands)

    

2017

       

2016

       

2015

Common stock shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, beginning of period

 

 

27,735

 

 

28,488

 

 

32,273

Exercise of stock options

 

 

170

 

 

178

 

 

187

Restricted share-based compensation

 

 

21

 

 

285

 

 

71

Vesting of performance awards

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

100

Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

 

32

 

 

28

 

 

31

Common stock repurchased and retired

 

 

(929)

 

 

(1,244)

 

 

(4,174)

Balances, end of period

 

 

27,029

 

 

27,735

 

 

28,488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, beginning of period

 

$

2,774

 

$

2,849

 

$

3,227

Exercise of stock options

 

 

17

 

 

18

 

 

19

Restricted share-based compensation

 

 

 2

 

 

28

 

 

 7

Vesting of performance awards

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10

Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 3

 

 

 3

 

 

 3

Common stock repurchased and retired

 

 

(93)

 

 

(124)

 

 

(417)

Balances, end of period

 

$

2,703

 

$

2,774

 

$

2,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid in capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, beginning of period

 

$

198,077

 

$

179,934

 

$

180,861

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

588

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Stock option share-based compensation

 

 

3,194

 

 

3,513

 

 

3,670

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefits of $0, $1,581 and $773

 

 

7,288

 

 

8,304

 

 

6,318

Restricted share-based compensation, including tax benefits of $0, $1,894 and $0

 

 

12,304

 

 

21,836

 

 

9,759

Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

 

2,487

 

 

1,924

 

 

1,538

Common stock repurchased and retired

 

 

(5,178)

 

 

(17,434)

 

 

(22,212)

Balances, end of period

 

$

218,760

 

$

198,077

 

$

179,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, beginning of period

 

$

665

 

$

(76)

 

$

(1,091)

Cash flow hedge activity - interest rate swaps, net of tax

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

797

Cash flow hedge activity - foreign currency, net of tax

 

 

508

 

 

741

 

 

218

Balances, end of period

 

$

1,173

 

$

665

 

$

(76)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances, beginning of period

 

$

728,527

 

$

721,858

 

$

846,490

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

(856)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net income

 

 

140,689

 

 

101,228

 

 

131,164

Common stock repurchased and retired

 

 

(70,230)

 

 

(94,559)

 

 

(255,796)

Balances, end of period

 

$

798,130

 

$

728,527

 

$

721,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

$

1,020,766

 

$

930,043

 

$

904,565

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

58


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

Cash provided (used) by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

Net income

  

$

140,689

  

$

101,228

  

$

131,164

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

44,341

  

 

42,749

  

 

39,653

Amortization of financing costs

  

 

1,200

  

 

1,158

  

 

1,846

Provision for doubtful receivables

  

 

2,326

  

 

225

  

 

299

Non-cash share-based compensation

  

 

15,498

  

 

8,483

  

 

5,974

Non-cash intangible asset impairment charges

  

 

12,400

  

 

6,000

  

 

9,000

Non-cash Venezuelan re-measurement related charges

 

 

 -

 

 

17,441

 

 

 -

Loss on the sale or disposal of property and equipment

  

 

198

  

 

84

  

 

49

Deferred income taxes and tax credits

  

 

(7,254)

  

 

(464)

  

 

(1,830)

Changes in operating capital, net of effects of acquisition of businesses:

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Receivables

  

 

(6,827)

  

 

(3,604)

  

 

(9,487)

Inventories

  

 

18,967

  

 

(17,606)

  

 

2,274

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  

 

(1,614)

  

 

(2,412)

  

 

2,317

Other assets and liabilities, net

  

 

(2,941)

  

 

10,668

  

 

2,448

Accounts payable

  

 

5,797

  

 

7,044

  

 

16,502

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  

 

9,197

  

 

15,764

  

 

(21,135)

Accrued income taxes

  

 

(3,476)

  

 

(213)

  

 

190

Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 

228,501

  

 

186,545

  

 

179,264

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Cash provided (used) by investing activities:

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Capital and intangible asset expenditures

  

 

(20,619)

  

 

(20,603)

  

 

(6,521)

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

  

 

32

 

 

 7

  

 

 -

Payments to acquire businesses, net of cash acquired

  

 

(209,267)

  

 

(43,150)

  

 

(195,943)

Net cash used by investing activities

  

 

(229,854)

  

 

(63,746)

  

 

(202,464)

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Cash provided (used) by financing activities:

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Proceeds from line of credit

  

 

470,900

  

 

802,600

  

 

769,000

Repayment of line of credit

  

 

(580,300)

  

 

(590,000)

  

 

(431,500)

Repayment of long-term debt

  

 

(23,800)

  

 

(21,900)

  

 

(96,900)

Payment of financing costs

  

 

(2,299)

  

 

(19)

  

 

(4,585)

Proceeds from share issuances under share-based compensation plans

  

 

9,734

  

 

12,025

  

 

7,621

Payment of tax obligations resulting from cashless share award settlements

  

 

(595)

  

 

 -

  

 

(4,569)

Payment of tax obligations resulting from cashless share settlement of severance obligation

 

 

 -

 

 

(12,000)

 

 

 -

Payments for repurchases of common stock

  

 

(75,000)

  

 

(100,000)

  

 

(273,599)

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

  

 

(201,360)

  

 

90,706

  

 

(34,532)

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  

 

(202,713)

  

 

213,505

  

 

(57,732)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning balance

  

 

225,800

  

 

12,295

  

 

70,027

Cash and cash equivalents, ending balance

  

$

23,087

  

$

225,800

  

$

12,295

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Interest paid

  

$

13,231

  

$

9,978

  

$

13,990

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

  

$

20,736

  

$

15,950

  

$

16,591

Value of common stock received as exercise price of options

  

$

36

  

$

118

  

$

257

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIA L STATEMENTS

( in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except share and per share data, unless indicated otherwise )

 

Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Information

General

When used in these notes, unless otherwise indicated or the context suggests otherwise, references to “the Company”, “our Company”, “Helen of Troy”, “we”, “us”, or “our” refer to Helen of Troy Limited and its subsidiaries. We refer to the Company’s common shares, par value $0.10 per share, as “common stock.”  References to “the FASB” refer to the Financial Accounting Standards Board. References to “GAAP” refer to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. References to “ASU” refer to the codification of GAAP in the Accounting Standards Updates issued by the FASB. References to “ASC” refer to the codification of GAAP in the Accounting Standards Codification issued by the FASB.

 

We incorporated as Helen of Troy Corporation in Texas in 1968 and were reorganized as Helen of Troy Limited in Bermuda in 1994. We are a global designer, developer, importer, marketer, and distributor of an expanding portfolio of brand-name consumer products. We have four segments: Housewares, Health & Home, Nutritional Supplements, and Beauty. Our Housewares segment provides a broad range of innovative consumer products for the home. Product offerings include food preparation tools and storage containers; cleaning, bath and garden tools and accessories; infant and toddler care products; and insulated beverage and food containers. The Health & Home segment focuses on healthcare devices such as thermometers, humidifiers, blood pressure monitors, and heating pads; water filtration systems; and small home appliances such as portable heaters, fans, air purifiers, and insect control devices. Our Nutritional Supplements segment is a leading provider of premium branded vitamins, minerals and supplements, topical skin products and other health products sold directly to consumers. Our Beauty segment products include electric hair care, beauty care and wellness appliances; grooming tools and accessories; and liquid-, solid- and powder-based personal care and grooming products.

 

Our business is seasonal due to different calendar events, holidays and seasonal weather patterns. Historically, our highest sales volume and operating income occur in our third fiscal quarter ending November 30 th . We purchase our products from unaffiliated manufacturers, most of which are located in China, Mexico and the United States.

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

 

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Helen of Troy Limited and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

We have reclassified, combined or separately disclosed certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes to conform to the current year’s presentation. The effects of these reclassifications are shown in tables provided in Note 4, below.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. We maintain cash and cash equivalents at several financial institutions, which at times may not be federally insured or may exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses in such accounts and believe we are not exposed to any significant credit risks on such accounts.  We consider money market accounts, which at February 28, 2017 primarily held short-term U.S. treasury obligations, to be cash equivalents.

60


 

Receivables

Our receivables are comprised of trade credit granted to customers, primarily in the retail industry, offset by two valuation reserves: an allowance for doubtful receivables and an allowance for back-to-stock returns. Our allowance for doubtful receivables reflects our best estimate of probable losses, determined principally based on historical experience and specific allowances for known at-risk accounts. Our policy is to write off receivables when we have determined they will no longer be collectible. Write-offs are applied as a reduction to the allowance for doubtful accounts and any recoveries of previous write-offs are netted against bad debt expense in the period recovered. Our allowance for back-to-stock returns reflects our best estimate of future customer returns, determined principally based on historical experience and specific allowances for known pending returns.

We have a significant concentration of credit risk with one major customer at February 28, 2017 representing approximately 17% of gross trade receivables. In addition, as of February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, approximately 44% of our gross trade receivables in each year were due from our five top customers.

 

Foreign currency transactions and related derivative financial instruments

The U.S. Dollar is the functional currency for the Company and all its subsidiaries; therefore, we do not have a translation adjustment recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income. All our non-U.S. subsidiaries' transactions involving other currencies have been re-measured in U.S. Dollars using exchange rates in effect on the date each transaction occurred. In our consolidated statements of income, exchange gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign taxes receivable, taxes payable, deferred tax assets, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in their respective income tax lines and all other foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in SG&A. In order to manage our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, we use forward currency contracts to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars at specified rates. We account for these transactions as cash flow hedges, which requires these derivatives to be recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value and that changes in the fair value of the forward exchange contracts are recorded each period in our consolidated statements of income or comprehensive income, depending on the type of hedging instrument and the effectiveness of the hedges. We evaluate all hedging transactions each quarter to determine that they remain effective. Any material ineffectiveness is recorded as part of SG&A in our consolidated statements of income.

 

Inventory and cost of goods sold

Our inventory consists almost entirely of finished goods. We currently record inventory on our balance sheet at average cost, or net realizable value, if it is below our recorded cost. Our average costs include the amounts we pay manufacturers for product, tariffs and duties associated with transporting product across national borders, freight costs associated with transporting the product from our manufacturers to our distribution centers, and general and administrative expenses directly attributable to acquiring inventory, as applicable.

General and administrative expenses in inventory include all the expenses of operating the Company's sourcing activities and expenses incurred for production monitoring, product design, engineering, and packaging. We charged $41.7, $39.2 and $36.4 million of such general and administrative expenses to inventory during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We estimate that $12.8 and $13.1 million of general and administrative expenses directly attributable to the procurement of inventory were included in our inventory balances on hand at February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, respectively.

The “Cost of goods sold” line item in the consolidated statements of income is comprised of the book value of inventory sold to customers during the reporting period. When circumstances dictate that we use net realizable value as the basis for recording inventory, we base our estimates on expected future selling prices less expected disposal costs.

For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, finished goods purchased from vendors in the Far East comprised approximately 67%, 68% and 67%, respectively, of finished goods purchased. During fiscal 2017, we had one vendor who fulfilled approximately 11% of our product requirements. Our top two manufacturers combined fulfilled approximately 18% of our product requirements. Over the same period, our top five suppliers fulfilled approximately 31% of our product requirements.

61


 

Property and equipment

These assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenditures for repair and maintenance of property and equipment are expensed as incurred. For tax purposes, accelerated depreciation methods are used where allowed by tax laws.

License agreements, trademarks, patents, and other intangible assets

A significant portion of our consolidated sales are made subject to trademark license agreements with various licensors. Our license agreements are reported on our consolidated balance sheets at cost, less accumulated amortization. The cost of our license agreements represent amounts paid to licensors to acquire the license or to alter the terms of the license in a manner that we believe to be in our best interest. Certain licenses have extension terms that may require additional payments to the licensor as part of the terms of renewal. The Company capitalizes costs incurred to renew or extend the term of a license agreement and amortizes such costs on a straight-line basis over the remaining term or economic life of the agreement, whichever is shorter. Royalty payments are not included in the cost of license agreements. Royalty expense under our license agreements is recognized as incurred and is included in our consolidated statements of income in SG&A. Net sales revenue subject to trademark license agreements requiring royalty payments comprised approximately 40%, 41% and 42% of consolidated net sales revenue for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During fiscal 2017, two license agreements accounted for net sales revenue subject to royalty payments of approximately 13% and 11% of consolidated net sales, respectively. No other license agreements had associated net sales revenue subject to royalty payments that accounted for 10% or more of consolidated net sales revenue.

We also sell products under trademarks and brand assets that we own. Trademarks and brand assets that we acquire from other entities are generally recorded on our consolidated balance sheets based upon the appraised fair value of the acquired asset, net of any accumulated amortization and impairment charges. Costs associated with developing trademarks internally are recorded as expenses in the period incurred. In certain instances where trademarks or brand assets have readily determinable useful lives, we amortize their costs on a straight-line basis over such lives. In most instances, we have determined that such acquired assets have an indefinite useful life. In these cases, no amortization is recorded. Patents acquired through purchase from other entities, if material, are recorded on our consolidated balance sheets based upon the appraised value of the acquired patents and amortized over the remaining life of the patent. Additionally, we incur certain costs, primarily legal fees in connection with the design and development of products to be covered by patents, which are capitalized as incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the patent in the jurisdiction filed, typically 14 years.

Other intangible assets include customer lists, distribution rights, patent rights, and non-compete agreements that we acquired from other entities. These are recorded on our consolidated balance sheets based upon the fair value of the acquired asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the asset as determined either through outside appraisal or by the term of any controlling agreements.

 

Goodwill, intangible and other long-lived assets and related impairment testing

Our annual impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets has historically occurred in the first quarter of our fiscal year. In December 2016, we elected to change our annual impairment testing to the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. Accordingly, for fiscal 2017 we completed impairment tests during both the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Going forward, we will complete the annual analysis of the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets received in the acquisition of a business. We evaluate goodwill at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment). We measure the amount of any goodwill impairment based upon the estimated fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets and estimates of the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment charge is recognized to the extent the recorded goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill.

62


 

We consider whether circumstances or conditions exist that suggest that the carrying value of our goodwill and other long-lived assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If the analysis indicates that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value. These steps entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity. When events and changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment, we perform interim testing.

 

Economic useful lives and amortization of intangible assets

We amortize intangible assets, such as licenses and trademarks, over their economic useful lives, unless those assets' economic useful lives are indefinite. If an intangible asset's economic useful life is deemed indefinite, that asset is not amortized. We review the economic useful lives of our intangible assets at least annually.

Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, license agreements, trademarks, brand assets, customer lists, distribution rights, patents, and patent licenses. For certain intangible assets subject to amortization, we use the straight-line method over appropriate periods ranging from 4 to 30 years.

 

Warranties

Our products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship for periods ranging from two to five years. We estimate our warranty accrual using our historical experience and believe that this is the most reliable method by which we can estimate our warranty liability. The following table summarizes the activity in our accrual for the past two fiscal years:

 

ACCRUAL FOR WARRANTY RETURNS  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

 

 

2017

    

2016

Beginning balance

 

 

$

20,622

 

$

23,553

Additions to the accrual

 

 

 

57,686

 

 

57,847

Reductions of the accrual - payments and credits issued

 

 

 

(56,542)

 

 

(60,778)

Ending balance

 

 

$

21,766

 

$

20,622

 

 

Financial instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and income taxes payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these items. See Note 10 to these consolidated financial statements for our assessment of the fair value of our long-term debt.

 

Income taxes and uncertain tax positions

The provision for income tax expense is calculated on reported income before income taxes based on current tax law and includes, in the current period, the cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those used previously in determining deferred tax assets and liabilities. Tax laws may require items to be included in the determination of taxable income at different times from when the items are reflected in the financial statements. Deferred tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases, as well as from net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, and are stated at enacted tax rates in effect for the year taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

 

Deferred tax assets represent tax benefits for tax deductions or credits available in future years and require certain estimates and assumptions to determine whether it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the benefit will not be realized. The recoverability of these future tax deductions and credits is determined by assessing the adequacy of future expected taxable income from all sources, including the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in carryback years, estimated future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. Should a change in facts

63


 

or circumstances lead to a change in judgment about the ultimate recoverability of a deferred tax asset, we record or adjust the related valuation allowance in the period that the change in facts and circumstances occurs, along with a corresponding increase or decrease in income tax expense.

 

We record tax benefits for uncertain tax positions based upon management’s evaluation of the information available at the reporting date. To be recognized in the financial statements, the tax position must meet the more-likely-than-not threshold that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authority based on technical merits assuming the tax authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. For positions meeting this recognition threshold, the benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit that meets the more-likely-than-not threshold to be sustained. We periodically evaluate these tax positions based on the latest available information. For tax positions that do not meet the threshold requirement, we record liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as a tax expense or benefit in the period recognized or reversed, and disclose as a separate liability in our financial statements, including related accrued interest and penalties.

 

Revenue recognition

Sales are recognized when revenue is realized or realizable and has been earned. Sales and shipping terms vary among our customers, and as such, revenue is recognized when risk and title to the product transfer to the customer. Net sales revenue is comprised of gross revenues less estimates of expected returns, trade discounts and customer allowances, which include incentives such as advertising discounts, volume rebates and off-invoice markdowns. Such deductions are recorded during the period the related revenue is recognized. Sales and value added taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from net sales revenue reported in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Consideration granted to customers

We offer our customers certain incentives in the form of cooperative advertising arrangements, volume rebates, product markdown allowances, trade discounts, cash discounts, slotting fees, and similar other arrangements. In instances where the customer provides us with proof of advertising performance, reductions in amounts received from customers under cooperative advertising programs are expensed in our consolidated statements of income in SG&A. Customer cooperative advertising incentives included in SG&A were $18.4, $19.4 and $17.3 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Reductions in amounts received from customers for advertising without proof of performance, markdown allowances, slotting fees, trade discounts, cash discounts, and volume rebates are all recorded as reductions of net sales revenue.

 

Advertising

Advertising costs include cooperative advertising discussed above, traditional and internet media advertising and production expenses, and expenses associated with other promotional product messaging and consumer awareness programs. Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred and included in our consolidated statements of income in SG&A. We incurred total advertising costs, including amounts paid to customers for cooperative media and print advertising, of $111.6, $107.5 and $88.4 million during fiscal  2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Research and development expenses

Expenditures for research activities relating to product design, development and improvement are charged to expense as incurred and included in our consolidated statements of income in SG&A. We incurred total research and development expenses of $9.7, $10.0 and $7.4 mil lion d uring fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Shipping and handling revenues and expenses

Shipping and handling expenses are included in our consolidated statements of income in SG&A. These expenses include distribution center costs, third-party logistics costs and outbound transportation costs we incur. Our expenses for shipping and handling were $86.3, $88.9 and $87.9 million during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

 

64


 

Share-based compensation plans

We account for share-based employee compensation plans under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and performance stock units (“PSUs”), to be measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The resulting expense is recognized over the periods during which the employee is required to perform service in exchange for the award. The estimated number of PSU’s that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. All share-based compensation expense is recorded net of forfeitures in our consolidated statements of income.

 

Stock options are recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values using an option-pricing model at the date of grant. We use a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of options. This model requires various judgmental assumptions including volatility, forfeiture rates and expected option life.

 

See Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements for more information on our share-based compensation plans.

 

 

 

Note 2 – Earnings Per Share

We compute basic earnings per share using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. We compute diluted earnings per share using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of dilutive securities. Dilutive securities at any given point in time may consist of outstanding options to purchase common stock and issued and contingently issuable unvested RSUs and PSUs. See Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements for more information regarding RSUs, PSUs and other performance based stock awards. Options for common stock are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effect is antidilutive.

For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 , the components of basic and diluted shares were as follows:

WEIGHTED AVERAGE DILUTED SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic

 

27,522

 

28,273

 

28,579

Incremental shares from share-based payment arrangements

 

369

 

476

 

456

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted

 

27,891

 

28,749

 

29,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive securities, stock options

 

365

 

317

 

647

Dilutive securities, unvested or unsettled stock awards

 

186

 

227

 

273

Antidilutive securities, stock options

 

137

 

159

 

239

 

 

Note 3 – Significant Accounting Matters

Fiscal 2016 Venezuelan re-measurement change –   In fiscal 2016, as a result of a devaluation of the Venezuelan official rate, continued economic instability from declines in oil prices and the declaration of an economic emergency, among other factors, we discontinued the use of the official exchange rate and adopted a market-based exchange rate.  As a result, we recorded a charge of $9.57 million (before and after tax) from the re-measurement of our Venezuelan monetary assets and liabilities at February 29, 2016 at the new rate. In addition to re-measuring our monetary holdings in Venezuela, we recorded $9.16 million of non-cash impairment charges (before and after tax) with respect to inventory and property and equipment in order to reflect their respective estimated net realizable and fair values as of February 29, 2016.

At the current exchange rate, sales in Venezuela represent less than 0.1% of our consolidated net sales and we expect that future reported net sales and operating income from Venezuela will no longer be meaningful to our consolidated and Beauty segment operating results.

 

 

65


 

The following table summarizes the financial impact of the adjustments described above.

IMPACT OF VENEZUELAN RE-MEASURMENT RELATED CHARGES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at February 29, 2016

(in thousands)

   

Before Adjustment

    

Adjustments

    

After
Adjustment

 

Location of Income Statement Impact

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,302

 

$

(1,292)

 

$

10

 

SG&A

Other net assets, principally working capital other than inventory

 

 

8,120

 

 

(8,284)

 

 

(164)

 

SG&A

Inventory

 

 

9,378

 

 

(9,078)

 

 

300

 

Cost of goods sold

Property and equipment, net

 

 

82

 

 

(79)

 

 

 3

 

SG&A

Net investment in Venezuelan operations

 

$

18,882

 

$

(18,733)

 

$

149

 

 

Fiscal 2015 change in accounting estimate –   In the third quarter of fiscal 2015, we revised our product liability estimates to reflect more relevant historical claims experience. The effect of the change in estimate was recorded in SG&A. The change increased operating income, net income and diluted earnings per share by $2.2 million, $1.4 million and $0.05 per share , respectively, for fiscal 2015 .

Note 4 – New Accounting Pronouncements

Not Yet Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB, issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” This guidance provides for a single-step quantitative test to identify and measure impairment, requiring an entity to recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the goodwill carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. This guidance will be effective for us in fiscal 2021, with early adoption permitted. This guidance must be applied on a prospective basis. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory.” ASU 2016-16 amends accounting guidance for intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory to require the recognition of taxes when the transfer occurs. The amendment will be effective for us in fiscal 2019 with early adoption permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. A modified retrospective approach will be required for transition to the new guidance, with a cumulative-effect adjustment consisting of the net impact from (1) the write-off of any unamortized expense previously deferred and (2) recognition of any previously unrecognized deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowance. The new guidance does not include any specific new disclosure requirements. The new guidance may impact  our effective tax rate, after adoption. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance may have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases.” ASU 2016-02 will require lessees to recognize on their balance sheets “right-of-use assets” and corresponding lease liabilities, measured on a discounted basis over the lease term. Virtually all leases will be subject to this treatment except leases that meet the definition of a “short-term lease.” For expense recognition, the dual model requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance leases has been retained from the prior standard. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern. Classification will use criteria very similar to those applied in current lease accounting, but without explicit bright lines. The new lease guidance will essentially eliminate off-balance sheet financing. The guidance is effective for us in fiscal 2021. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition and requires the new guidance to be applied at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. We are currently evaluating the effect this new accounting guidance may have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, issued as a new Topic, ASC Topic 606. The new revenue recognition standard provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how

66


 

revenue is recognized. The core principle of the guidance is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We will be required to adopt the new standard in fiscal 2019 and can adopt either retrospectively or as a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently evaluating the effect of this new accounting guidance. Therefore, we have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the impact that the new standard may have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Adopted

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” which changes the accounting for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees. The provisions of the new guidance affecting us require excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies to be recorded in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled; remove the requirement to include hypothetical excess tax benefits in the application of the treasury stock method when computing earnings per share; and provided for a new policy election to either: (1) continue applying forfeiture rate estimates in the determination of compensation cost, or (2) account for forfeitures as a reduction of share-based compensation cost as they occur. The new guidance also requires cash flows related to excess tax benefits to be classified as an operating activity in the cash flow statement and requires shares withheld for tax withholding purposes to be classified as a financing activity. We elected to early adopt the new guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. This required us to reflect adjustments as of March 1, 2016. The primary impact of adoption was the recognition of excess tax benefits in our provision for income taxes rather than additional paid-in capital for all periods after fiscal 2016. We elected to change our accounting policy regarding forfeitures. Previously, we estimated forfeitures expected to occur in the determination of compensation costs. Going forward we will now recognize forfeitures in the period they occur. The cumulative effect adjustments made upon adoption were not material. For fiscal 2017 we recognized additional share-based compensation expense of $1.8 million from the change in accounting for forfeitures of share-based awards, and we recognized $1.8 million of excess tax benefits in income tax expense rather than additional paid-in capital. The excess tax benefits were reported as an increase to cash provided by operations in the statement of cash flows.

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”, which eliminates the requirement for companies to present deferred tax liabilities and assets as current and non-current in a classified balance sheet. Instead, upon adoption, companies are required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current. We elected to early adopt the new guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and have made the necessary conforming reclassifications to the accompanying February 29, 2016 consolidated balance sheet. The application of the provisions of ASU 2015-17 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”. ASU 2015-03 changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability rather than as an asset. We adopted the new guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and have made the necessary conforming reclassifications to the accompanying February 29, 2016 consolidated balance sheet and related footnote disclosures. The application of the provisions of ASU 2015-03 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

67


 

We have provided the table below, which summarizes the impact of each of the adopted accounting changes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

IMPACT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

(in thousands)

 

Standard

 

Transition Method

 

February 28, 2017

 

February 29, 2016

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets, net

 

ASU 2015-17

 

Retrospective

 

$

(23,131)

 

$

(17,636)

Long-term deferred tax assets, net

 

ASU 2015-17

 

Retrospective

 

$

1,038

 

$

879

Long-term deferred tax assets, net

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Modified retrospective

 

$

(232)

 

$

 -

Other assets - debt issuance costs

 

ASU 2015-03

 

Retrospective

 

$

(14,917)

 

$

(12,618)

Other assets - accumulated amortization

 

ASU 2015-03

 

Retrospective

 

$

(9,824)

 

$

(8,625)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, current maturities

 

ASU 2015-03

 

Retrospective

 

$

(1,296)

 

$

(1,156)

Current deferred tax liabilities, net

 

ASU 2015-17

 

Retrospective

 

$

168

 

$

 -

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

 

ASU 2015-17

 

Retrospective

 

$

(21,925)

 

$

(16,757)

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

 

ASU 2015-03

 

Retrospective

 

$

(3,796)

 

$

(2,837)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Modified retrospective

 

$

588

 

$

 -

Retained earnings

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Modified retrospective

 

$

(856)

 

$

 -

 

IMPACT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

(in thousands)

 

Standard

 

Transition Method

 

February 28, 2017

 

February 29, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Modified retrospective

 

$

1,754

 

$

 -

Current income tax expense

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Modified retrospective

 

$

(1,844)

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued income taxes

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Retrospective

 

$

1,844

 

$

989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation tax benefit

 

ASU-2016-09

 

Retrospective

 

$

(1,844)

 

$

(989)

 

Unless otherwise disclosed above, we believe that the impact of other recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows upon adoption.

 

Note 5 – Property and Equipment

A summary of property and equipment is as follows:

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

 

 

Useful Lives

 

February 28, 

 

February 29,

(in thousands)

    

(Years)

    

2017

    

2016

Land

 

 

 -

 

 

$

12,800

 

$

12,800

Building and improvements

 

3

 -

40

 

 

109,026

 

 

108,509

Computer, furniture and other equipment

 

3

 -

15

 

 

81,122

 

 

70,778

Tools, molds and other production equipment

 

1

 -

10

 

 

31,157

 

 

28,254

Construction in progress

 

 

 -

 

 

 

7,391

 

 

4,050

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

241,496

 

 

224,391

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(106,561)

 

 

(93,926)

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

134,935

 

$

130,465

 

We recorded $16.0, $15.0 and $14.3 million of depreciation expense including $4.6, $4.3 and $3.8 million in cost of goods sold and $11.4, $10.7 and $10.5 million in SG&A in the consolidated statements of income for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

68


 

We lease certain facilities, equipment and vehicles under operating leases, which expire at various dates through fiscal 2027. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses and renewal or purchase options. Rent expense related to our operating leases was $6.1, $5.9 and $5.0 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As of February 29, 2016, we recorded non-cash impairment charges totaling $0.1 million, before and after tax, to reflect Venezuelan property and equipment at its estimated fair value. See Note 3 to these consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the impairment of assets as a result of recent developments in Venezuela.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2016, we substantially completed the transition of our Nutritional Supplements segment’s distribution operation from a third party logistics provider to our Southaven, Mississippi facility in order to better control its operations, more efficiently utilize our facilities and reduce overall distribution costs. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2016 included $1.7 million in connection with this project.

 

Note 6 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We do not record amortization expense for goodwill or other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives. Amortization expense is recorded for intangible assets with definite useful lives. Some of our goodwill is held in jurisdictions that allow deductions for tax purposes, however, in some of those jurisdictions we have no tax basis for the associated goodwill recorded for book purposes. Accordingly, the majority of our goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. We perform annual impairment testing each fiscal year and interim impairment testing, if necessary. We write down any asset deemed to be impaired to its fair value.

 

Our traditional impairment test methodology uses primarily estimated future discounted cash flow models (“DCF Models”). The DCF Models use a number of assumptions including expected future cash flows from the assets, volatility, risk free rate, and the expected life of the assets, the determination of which require significant judgments from management. In determining the assumptions to be used, we consider the existing rates on Treasury Bills, yield spreads on assets with comparable expected lives, historical volatility of our common stock and that of comparable companies, and general economic and industry trends, among other considerations. When stock market or other conditions warrant, we expand our traditional impairment test methodology to give weight to other methods that provide additional observable market information in order to better reflect the current risk level being incorporated into market prices and in order to corroborate the fair values of each of our reporting units. Management will place increased reliance on these additional methods in conjunction with its DCF Models in the event that the total market capitalization of its stock drops below its consolidated stockholders’ equity balance for a sustained period.

Considerable management judgment is necessary in reaching a conclusion regarding the reasonableness of fair value estimates, evaluating the most likely impact of a range of possible external conditions, considering the resulting operating changes and their impact on estimated future cash flows, determining the appropriate discount factors to use, and selecting and weighting appropriate comparable market level inputs.

Impairment Testing in Fiscal 2017 –   Our annual impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets has historically occurred in the first quarter of our fiscal year. In December 2016, we elected to change our annual impairment testing to the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. Accordingly, for fiscal 2017 we completed impairment tests during the first and fourth fiscal quarters. As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks in the fourth quarter, we recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $5.0 million ($3.2 million after tax). As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks in the first quarter, we recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $7.4 million ($5.1 million after tax). The charges in both quarters were related to certain brand assets and trademarks in our Beauty and Nutritional Supplements segments, which were written down to their estimated fair values, determined on the basis of our estimated future discounted cash flows using the relief from royalty valuation method.

Due to recent declines in revenue associated with our Nutritional Supplements segment, our annual impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets for the segment reflected a fair value that was in excess of the carrying value by a smaller margin than occurred in previous impairment tests. In addition, the fair value of the indefinite lived brand asset was determined to be less than the carrying value and impairments of $9.5 million were recorded during fiscal 2017. The fair values were determined using primarily a discounted cash flow model and we believe our assumptions of future

69


 

revenue, gross margin and operating expenses are reasonable in the circumstances. However, as we continue to execute our strategy, actual results could differ from our current expectations. To the extent that our forecasted cash flows were to decline further, it is reasonably likely that we could record additional impairment expense or other charges or losses in the future. We are unable to project what, if any, expense, charges, or losses will be in future periods.  We will continue to closely monitor performance and market conditions related to this segment. 

Impairment Testing in Fiscal 2016 –   We performed interim impairment testing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 for certain of our brands as a result of revised growth outlooks. As a result of our testing, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $3.0 million ($2.7 million after tax). We performed our annual evaluation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the first quarter of fiscal 2016. As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $3.0 million ($2.7 million after tax). The charges in both quarters were related to certain trademarks in our Beauty segment, which were written down to fair value, determined on the basis of future discounted cash flows using the relief from royalty valuation method.

Impairment Testing in Fiscal 2015 –   We performed our annual evaluation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the first quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of our testing of indefinite-lived trademarks and licenses, we recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $9.0 million ($8.2 million after tax). The charge was related to certain trademarks in our Beauty segment, which were written down to their estimated fair value, determined on the basis of future discounted cash flows using the relief from royalty valuation method.

70


 

The following tables summarize the changes in our goodwill and intangible assets by segment for fiscal 2017 and 2016 :

 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Balances   at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balances   at

 

 

Weighted

 

February 29, 2016

 

Year Ended February 28, 2017

 

February 28, 2017

 

 

Average

 

Gross

 

Cumulative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition

 

Gross

 

Cumulative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life

 

Carrying

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Retirement

 

Carrying

 

Goodwill

 

Accumulated

 

Net Book

(in thousands)

    

(Years)

    

Amount

    

Impairments

    

Additions

    

Impairments

    

Adjustments

    

Amount

    

Impairments

    

Amortization

    

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housewares:

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

$

166,132

 

$

 -

 

$

116,053

 

$

 -

 

$

(129)

 

$

282,056

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

282,056

Trademarks - indefinite

 

 

 

 

75,200

 

 

 -

 

 

59,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

134,200

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

134,200

Other intangibles - finite

 

11.6

 

 

15,448

 

 

 -

 

 

25,040

 

 

 -

 

 

(95)

 

 

40,393

 

 

 -

 

 

(15,476)

 

 

24,917

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

256,780

 

 

 -

 

 

200,093

 

 

 -

 

 

(224)

 

 

456,649

 

 

 -

 

 

(15,476)

 

 

441,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health & Home:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

284,913

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

284,913

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

284,913

Trademarks - indefinite

 

 

 

 

54,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

54,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

54,000

Licenses - finite

 

 

 

 

15,300

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

15,300

 

 

 -

 

 

(15,300)

 

 

 -

Licenses - indefinite

 

 

 

 

7,400

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,400

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,400

Other Intangibles - finite

 

5.0

 

 

116,575

 

 

 -

 

 

472

 

 

 -

 

 

(65)

 

 

116,982

 

 

 -

 

 

(66,027)

 

 

50,955

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

478,188

 

 

 -

 

 

472

 

 

 -

 

 

(65)

 

 

478,595

 

 

 -

 

 

(81,327)

 

 

397,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutritional Supplements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

96,609

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

96,609

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

96,609

Brand assets - indefinite

 

 

 

 

65,520

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(9,500)

 

 

 -

 

 

56,020

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

56,020

Other intangibles - finite

 

4.3

 

 

44,180

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

44,180

 

 

 -

 

 

(16,715)

 

 

27,465

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

206,309

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(9,500)

 

 

 -

 

 

196,809

 

 

 -

 

 

(16,715)

 

 

180,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beauty:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

81,841

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

81,841

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

 -

 

 

35,351

Trademarks - indefinite

 

 

 

 

48,754

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,900)

 

 

 -

 

 

45,854

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

45,854

Trademarks - finite

 

11.6

 

 

150

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

150

 

 

 -

 

 

(92)

 

 

58

Licenses - indefinite

 

 

 

 

10,300

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10,300

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10,300

Licenses - finite

 

5.8

 

 

13,696

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

13,696

 

 

 -

 

 

(11,849)

 

 

1,847

Other intangibles - finite

 

1.2

 

 

46,402

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

46,402

 

 

 -

 

 

(39,929)

 

 

6,473

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

201,143

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

 -

 

 

(2,900)

 

 

 -

 

 

198,243

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

(51,870)

 

 

99,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

1,142,420

 

$

(46,490)

 

$

200,565

 

$

(12,400)

 

$

(289)

 

$

1,330,296

 

$

(46,490)

 

$

(165,388)

 

$

1,118,418

 

71


 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances   at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances   at

 

 

Weighted

 

February 28, 2015

 

Year Ended February 29, 2016

 

February 29, 2016

 

 

Average

 

Gross

 

Cumulative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition

 

Gross

 

Cumulative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life

 

Carrying

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and   Retirement

 

Carrying

 

Goodwill

 

Accumulated

 

Net Book

(in thousands)

    

(Years)

    

Amount

    

Impairments

    

Additions

    

Impairments

    

Adjustments

    

Amount

    

Impairments

    

Amortization

    

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housewares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

$

166,132

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

166,132

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

166,132

Trademarks - indefinite

 

 

 

 

75,200

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

75,200

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

75,200

Other intangibles - finite

 

4.0

 

 

15,754

 

 

 -

 

 

446

 

 

 -

 

 

(752)

 

 

15,448

 

 

 -

 

 

(12,916)

 

 

2,532

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

257,086

 

 

 -

 

 

446

 

 

 -

 

 

(752)

 

 

256,780

 

 

 -

 

 

(12,916)

 

 

243,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health & Home:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

251,758

 

 

 -

 

 

32,958

 

 

 -

 

 

197

 

 

284,913

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

284,913

Trademarks - indefinite

 

 

 

 

54,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

54,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

54,000

Licenses - finite

 

1.0

 

 

15,300

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

15,300

 

 

 -

 

 

(12,750)

 

 

2,550

Licenses - indefinite

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,400

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,400

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,400

Other Intangibles - finite

 

6.0

 

 

113,727

 

 

 -

 

 

2,848

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

116,575

 

 

 -

 

 

(54,913)

 

 

61,662

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

434,785

 

 

 -

 

 

43,206

 

 

 -

 

 

197

 

 

478,188

 

 

 -

 

 

(67,663)

 

 

410,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutritional Supplements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

96,486

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

123

 

 

96,609

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

96,609

Brand assets - indefinite

 

 

 

 

65,500

 

 

 -

 

 

20

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

65,520

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

65,520

Other intangibles - finite

 

5.3

 

 

43,800

 

 

 -

 

 

380

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

44,180

 

 

 -

 

 

(10,431)

 

 

33,749

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

205,786

 

 

 -

 

 

400

 

 

 -

 

 

123

 

 

206,309

 

 

 -

 

 

(10,431)

 

 

195,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beauty:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

81,841

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

81,841

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

 -

 

 

35,351

Trademarks - indefinite

 

 

 

 

54,754

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(6,000)

 

 

 -

 

 

48,754

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

48,754

Trademarks - finite

 

12.6

 

 

150

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

150

 

 

 -

 

 

(87)

 

 

63

Licenses - indefinite

 

 

 

 

10,300

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10,300

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10,300

Licenses - finite

 

6.8

 

 

13,696

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

13,696

 

 

 -

 

 

(11,532)

 

 

2,164

Other intangibles - finite

 

2.2

 

 

47,876

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,474)

 

 

46,402

 

 

 -

 

 

(34,545)

 

 

11,857

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

208,617

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

 -

 

 

(6,000)

 

 

(1,474)

 

 

201,143

 

 

(46,490)

 

 

(46,164)

 

 

108,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

1,106,274

 

$

(46,490)

 

$

44,052

 

$

(6,000)

 

$

(1,906)

 

$

1,142,420

 

$

(46,490)

 

$

(137,174)

 

$

958,756

 

In fiscal 2015, we amended the terms of our trademark licensing agreement with Honeywell International Inc. to relinquish the rights to market Honeywell branded portable air purifiers after December 31, 2015 in twelve selected developing countries, including China. In exchange for the amendment, we received a one time cash payment of $7 million (before and after tax), recorded as a gain in SG&A. For fiscal 2015, sales into the relinquished countries accounted for approximately 0.3% of the Health & Home segment’s total net sales. For categories such as portable fans, portable heaters and portable humidifiers, we remain the Honeywell global licensee under the same material terms as our previous agreement.

 

72


 

The following table summarizes the amortization expense attributable to intangible assets recorded in SG&A in the consolidated statements of income for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, as well as estimated amortization expense for fiscal 2018 through 2022:

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Aggregate Amortization Expense (in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

$

28,308

Fiscal 2016

 

$

27,773

Fiscal 2015

 

$

25,328

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Amortization Expense (in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

    

$

25,172

Fiscal 2019

 

$

20,206

Fiscal 2020

 

$

19,102

Fiscal 2021

 

$

16,532

Fiscal 2022

 

$

6,037

 

 

Note 7 – Acquisitions

Hydro Flask Acquisition –   On March 18, 2016, we completed the acquisition of all membership units of Steel Technology, LLC, doing business as Hydro Flask. Hydro Flask is a leading designer, distributor and marketer of high performance insulated stainless steel food and beverage containers for active lifestyles. The aggregate purchase price for the transaction was approximately $209.3 million, net of cash acquired. Significant assets acquired include receivables, inventory, prepaid expenses, property and equipment, trade names, technology assets, customer relationships, and goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses, incurred during fiscal 2016, were approximately $0.7 million (before and after tax).

We accounted for the acquisition as the purchase of a business and recorded the excess purchase price as goodwill, which is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. We have completed our analysis of the economic lives of the assets acquired and determined the appropriate fair values of the acquired assets. We assigned $59.0 million to trade names with indefinite economic lives. We assigned $10.3 million to technology assets and $14.2 million to customer relationships and are amortizing these assets over expected lives of 10 and 24 years, respectively. For technology assets, we considered the average life cycle of the underlying products, which range from 7 - 15 years, and the overall average life of the associated patent portfolio. For the customer relationships, we used historical attrition rates to assign an expected life.

 

The following schedule presents the net assets of Hydro Flask recorded at acquisition, excluding cash acquired:

 

HYDRO FLASK - NET ASSETS RECORDED UPON ACQUISITION AT MARCH 18, 2016

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Assets:

    

 

 

Receivables

 

$

7,955

Inventory

 

 

6,243

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

336

Property and equipment

 

 

1,108

Goodwill

 

 

116,053

Trade names - indefinite

 

 

59,000

Technology assets - definite

 

 

10,300

Customer relationships - definite

 

 

14,200

Subtotal - assets

 

 

215,195

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

2,275

Accrued expenses

 

 

3,662

Subtotal - liabilities

 

 

5,937

Net assets recorded

 

$

209,258

73


 

The fair values of the above assets acquired and liabilities assumed were estimated by applying income and market approaches. Key assumptions include various discount rates based upon a 12.3% weighted average cost of capital; royalty rates used in the determination of trade names and technology asset values of 6% and 2%, respectively; and a customer attrition rate used in the determination of customer relationship values of approximately 4% per year.

 

The impact of the Hydro Flask acquisition on our consolidated statements of income for fiscal 2017 is as follows:

 

HYDRO FLASK - IMPACT ON CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

March 18, 2016 (acquisition date) through February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

Ended

(in thousands, except earnings per share data)

 

 

 

 

February 28, 2017

Sales revenue, net

 

 

 

 

$

107,005

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

27,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

$

1.01

Diluted

 

 

 

 

$

1.00

 

The following supplemental unaudited pro forma information presents our financial results as if the Hydro Flask acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the fiscal periods presented. This supplemental pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes and would not necessarily indicate what may have occurred if the acquisition had been completed on March 1, 2015, and this information is not intended to be indicative of future results.

 

HYDRO FLASK - PRO FORMA IMPACT ON CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As if the acquisition had been completed at the beginning of March 1, 2015

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands, except earnings per share data)

    

2017

    

2016

Sales revenue, net

 

$

1,540,714

 

$

1,603,656

Net income

 

 

141,325

 

 

113,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

5.13

 

$

4.03

Diluted

 

$

5.07

 

$

3.96

Vicks VapoSteam Acquisition – On March 31, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of the Vicks VapoSteam U.S. liquid inhalant business from The Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”), which includes a fully paid-up license of P&G’s Vicks VapoSteam inhalants. In a related transaction, we acquired a fully paid-up U.S. license of P&G’s Vicks VapoPad scent pads. The vast majority of Vicks VapoSteam and VapoPads are used in our Vicks humidifiers, vaporizers and other health care devices. The aggregate purchase price for the two transactions was approximately $42.8 million financed primarily with borrowings under our Credit Agreement. Acquisition-related expenses were not material. VapoSteam operations are reported in the Health & Home segment.

We have completed our analysis of the economic lives of the assets acquired and determined the appropriate fair values of the acquired assets. We assigned $7.4 million to trademark licenses with indefinite economic lives. We assigned $1.0 million to customer relationships and $1.2 million to product formulations and will amortize these assets over expected lives of 19.5 and 20.0 years, respectively. For the customer relationships, we used historical attrition rates to assign an expected life. For product formulations, we used our best estimate of the remaining product life. The trademarks are considered to have indefinite lives that are not subject to amortization. We assigned $33.0 million to goodwill, which is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

Healthy Directions Acquisition – On June 30, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Healthy Directions, a leader in the premium branded vitamin, mineral and supplement market for a total cash purchase price of $195.9 million. The purchase price was funded primarily with borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Significant assets acquired include inventory, property and equipment, customer relationships, brand assets, and goodwill. Brand assets consist of a portfolio of complementary marketing related assets determined to have indefinite lives that are utilized across multiple product lines.

74


 

Brand assets include trademarks, tradenames, product formulations, proprietary research, doctor endorsements and all other associated elements of brand equity. Acquisition-related expenses incurred in fiscal 2015 were approximately $3.6 million ($2.3 million after tax). Healthy Directions reports its operations as the Nutritional Supplements segment.

 

We accounted for the acquisition as the purchase of a business and recorded the excess purchase price as goodwill. The goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As of February 28, 2015, we completed our analysis of the economic lives of all the assets acquired and determined the appropriate allocation of the purchase price. We assigned the acquired brand assets an indefinite economic life, therefore they are not subject to amortization. We are amortizing the customer relationships over an expected weighted average life of approximately 7 years, determined using historical attrition rates.

 

The following table presents the net assets of Healthy Directions as recognized at the acquisition date:

 

HEALTHY DIRECTIONS - NET ASSETS RECORDED UPON ACQUISITION AT JUNE 30, 2014

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Assets:

    

 

 

Receivables

 

$

257

Inventory

 

 

6,226

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,875

Property and equipment

 

 

5,962

Goodwill

 

 

95,308

Brand assets - indefinite

 

 

65,500

Customer relationships - definite

 

 

43,800

Subtotal - assets

 

 

218,928

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6,479

Accrued expenses

 

 

13,964

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

2,542

Subtotal - liabilities

 

 

22,985

Net assets recorded

 

$

195,943

 

The fair values of the above assets acquired were estimated by applying income and market approaches. Key assumptions included various discount rates based upon a 14.6% weighted average cost of capital, a royalty rate of 5% used in the determination of the brand assets fair value, and a customer attrition rate averaging 14% per year used in the determination of customer relationship values.

Note 8 – Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

A summary of accrued expenses and other current liabilities is as follows:

ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 

 

February 29,

(in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

Accrued compensation, benefits and payroll taxes

 

$

34,917

 

$

28,912

Accrued sales returns, discounts and allowances

 

 

27,377

 

 

27,530

Accrued warranty returns

 

 

21,766

 

 

20,622

Accrued advertising

 

 

23,747

 

 

22,087

Accrued legal fees and settlements

 

 

16,908

 

 

16,699

Accrued royalties

 

 

9,553

 

 

7,961

Accrued property, sales and other taxes

 

 

6,564

 

 

6,938

Accrued freight and duty

 

 

3,454

 

 

2,043

Accrued product liability

 

 

2,141

 

 

2,098

Derivative liabilities, current

 

 

47

 

 

495

Liability for uncertain tax positions

 

 

 -

 

 

536

Other

 

 

6,726

 

 

5,324

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

153,200

 

$

141,245

 

75


 

Note 9 – Other Liabilities, Noncurrent

A summary of other noncurrent liabilities is as follows:

OTHER LIABILITIES, NONCURRENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 

 

February 29,

(in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

Deferred compensation liability

 

$

6,560

 

$

8,298

Liability for uncertain tax positions

 

 

6,611

 

 

8,201

Other liabilities

 

 

8,490

 

 

10,116

Total other liabilities, noncurrent

 

$

21,661

 

$

26,615

 

Note 10 – Long-Term Debt

We have a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and other lenders that provides for an unsecured total revolving commitment of $1 billion as of February 28, 2017. The commitment under the Credit Agreement terminates on December 7, 2021. Borrowings accrue interest under one of two alternative methods as described in the Credit Agreement. With each borrowing against our credit line, we can elect the interest rate method based on our funding needs at the time. We also incur loan commitment and letter of credit fees under the Credit Agreement. Outstanding letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement on a dollar-for-dollar basis. In connection with an amendment to our Credit Agreement in fiscal 2017, we incurred a total of $2.3 million in new debt acquisition costs that are being amortized over the term of the Credit Agreement. As of February 28, 2017, the outstanding revolving loan principal balance was $440.7 million and the balance of outstanding letters of credit was $1.5 million. As of February 28, 2017, the amount available for borrowings under the Credit Agreement was $557.8 million. Covenants in our debt agreements limit the amount of total indebtedness we can incur. As of February 28, 2017 these covenants effectively limited our ability to incur more than $280.6 million of additional debt from all sources, including our Credit Agreement. 

 

A summary of our long-term debt follows:

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Interest

 

 

 

Last Day of February

(dollars in thousands)

    

Borrowed

    

Rates

    

Matures

    

2017

    

2016

$37.6 million unsecured loan with the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation (the "MBFC Loan"), interest is set and payable quarterly at a Base Rate, plus a margin of up to 1.0%, or applicable LIBOR plus a margin of up to 2.0%, as determined by the interest rate elected and the Leverage Ratio. Loan subject to holder's call on or after March 1, 2018. Loan can be prepaid without penalty. (1)

 

03/13

 

Floating

    

03/23

 

$

29,903

 

$

33,706

$100 million unsecured Senior Notes payable at a fixed interest rate of 3.9%. Interest payable semi-annually. Annual principal payments of $20 million began in January 2014. Prepayment of notes are subject to a "make whole" premium.

 

01/11

 

3.9

%   

01/18

 

 

19,763

 

 

39,496

Credit Agreement

 

01/15

 

Floating

 

12/21

 

 

435,949

 

 

546,712

Total long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

485,615

 

 

619,914

Less current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,404)

 

 

(22,644)

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

461,211

 

$

597,270

(1)

$3.8  and $1.9 million in principal payments were made on March 1, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The remaining loan balance is payable as follows: $5.7 million on March 1, 2017; $1.9 million annually on March 1, 2018 through 2022; and $14.8 million on March 1, 2023. Any remaining outstanding principal and interest is due upon maturity on March 1, 2023.

 

The fair market value of the fixed rate debt at February 28, 2017 computed using a discounted cash flow analysis and comparable market rates was $20.1 million compared to the $19.8 million book value. Our other long-term debt has floating interest rates, and its book value approximates its fair value at February 28, 2017.

76


 

All of our debt is unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. Our debt agreements require the maintenance of certain financial covenants, including maximum leverage ratios, minimum interest coverage ratios and minimum consolidated net worth levels (as each of these terms is defined in the various agreements). Our debt agreements also contain other customary covenants. We were in compliance with the terms of these agreements as of February 28, 2017.

 

The following table contains information about interest rates on our Credit Agreement and the related weighted average borrowings outstanding for the periods covered by our consolidated statements of income:

 

INTEREST RATES ON CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

 

(in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Average borrowings outstanding (1)

 

$

498,420

 

$

399,800

 

$

300,280

 

Average interest rate during each year (2)

 

 

2.2

%  

 

1.6

%  

 

2.5

%  

Interest rate range during each year

 

 

1.9 - 4.3

%  

 

1.4 - 4.0

%  

 

1.9 - 4.4

%  

Weighted average interest rates on borrowings outstanding at year end

 

 

2.3

%  

 

2.8

%  

 

1.9

%  

(1) Average borrowings outstanding is computed as the average of the current and four prior quarters ending balances of our credit facility.

(2)  The average interest rate during each year is computed by dividing the total interest expense associated with our credit facility for a fiscal year by the average borrowings outstanding for the same fiscal year.

The following table contains a summary of the components of our interest expense for the periods covered by our consolidated statements of income:

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended   the   Last   Day   of   February,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Interest and commitment fees

 

$

13,747

 

$

9,949

 

$

11,958

Deferred finance costs

 

 

1,200

 

 

1,158

 

 

1,846

Interest rate swap settlements, net

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,218

Cross-currency debt swap

 

 

(90)

 

 

(11)

 

 

-

Total interest expense

 

$

14,857

 

$

11,096

 

$

15,022

 

Note 11 - Income Taxes

We reorganized the Company in Bermuda in 1994 and many of our foreign subsidiaries are not directly or indirectly owned by a U.S. parent. As such, a large portion of our foreign income is not subject to U.S. taxation on a permanent basis under current law. Additionally, our intellectual property is largely owned by foreign subsidiaries, resulting in proportionally higher earnings in jurisdictions with lower statutory tax rates, which decreases our overall effective tax rate. The taxable income earned in each jurisdiction, whether U.S. or foreign, is determined by the subsidiary's operating results, and transfer pricing and tax regulations in the related jurisdictions. We have indefinitely reinvested $62.1 million of undistributed earnings of our foreign operations outside of our U.S. tax jurisdiction as of February 28, 2017. No deferred tax liability has been recognized for the remittance of such earnings to the U.S. since it is our intention to utilize these earnings in our foreign operations.

 

Our components of income before income tax expense are as follows:

 

COMPONENTS OF INCOME BEFORE TAXES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

U.S.

 

$

15,051

 

$

30,874

 

$

34,876

Non-U.S.

 

 

134,838

 

 

88,944

 

 

112,338

Total

 

$

149,889

 

$

119,818

 

$

147,214

77


 

Our components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

 

COMPONENTS OF INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

16,744

 

$

12,824

 

$

18,525

Deferred

 

 

(10,230)

 

 

(1,239)

 

 

(3,014)

 

 

 

6,514

 

 

11,585

 

 

15,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

(290)

 

 

4,919

 

 

(645)

Deferred

 

 

2,976

 

 

2,086

 

 

1,184

 

 

 

2,686

 

 

7,005

 

 

539

Total

 

$

9,200

 

$

18,590

 

$

16,050

 

Our total income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. statutory tax rate to income before income taxes. A summary of these differences are as follows:

 

INCOME TAX RATE RECONCILIATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Effective income tax rate at the U.S. statutory rate

 

 

35.0

%   

 

35.0

%   

 

35.0

%   

    Impact of U.S. state income taxes

 

 

0.3

%   

 

0.5

%   

 

0.6

%   

Effect of zero tax rate in Macau

 

 

(20.9)

%   

 

(19.3)

%   

 

(12.4)

%   

Effect of statutory tax rate in Barbados

 

 

(7.6)

%   

 

(6.8)

%   

 

(11.7)

%   

Effect of statutory tax rate in Switzerland

 

 

(3.8)

%   

 

(5.7)

%   

 

(2.9)

%   

Effect of income from other non-U.S. operations subject to varying rates

 

 

2.2

%  

 

4.1

%  

 

0.9

%  

Effect of foreign exchange fluctuations

 

 

0.5

%   

 

3.3

%   

 

0.4

%   

Effect of asset impairment charges

 

 

0.4

%   

 

1.1

%   

 

1.6

%   

Other Items

 

 

0.0

%   

 

3.3

%   

 

(0.6)

%   

Effective income tax rate

 

 

6.1

%   

 

15.5

%   

 

10.9

%   

 

Our Macau subsidiary generates income from the sale of the goods that it has sourced and procured. This subsidiary is responsible for the sourcing and procurement of a large portion of the products that we sell. We have an indefinite tax holiday in Macau conditioned on the subsidiary meeting certain employment and investment thresholds.  We have not experienced any issues in meeting the required thresholds, and are unaware of any regulatory changes or impending circumstances that would restrict our right to continue to benefit from the tax holiday. Because our Macau subsidiary is not directly or indirectly owned by a U.S. parent, there is no U.S. tax liability associated with the income generated in Macau.

 

Each year there are significant transactions or events that are incidental to our core businesses and that by a combination of their nature and jurisdiction, can have a disproportionate impact on our reported effective tax rates. Without these transactions or events, the trend in our effective tax rates would follow a more normalized pattern.

 

78


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the last day of February 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

COMPONENTS OF DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

Deferred tax assets, gross:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss carryforwards

 

$

16,799

 

$

15,419

Accounts receivable

 

 

7,375

 

 

6,332

Inventories

 

 

11,057

 

 

10,372

Accrued expenses and other

 

 

12,007

 

 

10,783

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

47,238

 

 

42,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(17,600)

 

 

(16,223)

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(47,774)

 

 

(51,562)

Total deferred tax liabilities, net

 

$

(18,136)

 

$

(24,879)

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, expected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in assessing the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we must increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not be recoverable. In fiscal 2017, the $1.4 million net increase in our valuation allowance was principally due to changes in estimates regarding the value of operating loss carryforwards to be used in the future.

 

As of February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, we had remaining tax-deductible goodwill of $113.0 million and $133.1 million, respectively, resulting from acquisitions. The amortization of this goodwill is deductible over various periods ranging up to 12 years. The tax deduction for goodwill in fiscal 2018 is expected to be approximately $20.2 million.

The composition of our operating loss carryforwards at the end of fiscal 2017 is as follows:

 

SUMMARY OF OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at February 28, 2017

 

 

Tax Year

 

Deferred

 

Operating

 

 

Expiration

 

Tax

 

Loss

(in thousands)

    

Date Range

    

Assets

    

Carryforward

U.S. state operating loss carryforward

 

2017 - 2036

 

$

458

 

$

11,121

Non-U.S. operating loss carryforwards with definite carryover periods

 

2017 - 2027

 

 

1,418

 

 

8,349

Non-U.S. operating loss carryforwards with indefinite carryover periods

 

Indefinite

 

 

14,923

 

 

50,514

Subtotals

 

 

 

 

16,799

 

$

69,984

Less portion of valuation allowance established for operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

(15,954)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

845

 

 

 

 

Any future amount of deferred tax asset considered realizable could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during any carryforward periods are reduced.

 

79


 

During fiscal 2017 and 2016, changes in the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

 

UNRECOGNIZED TAX BENEFITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fiscal   Years   Ended

 

 

the   Last   Day   of   February,

(in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

Total unrecognized tax benefits, beginning balance

 

$

8,737

 

$

10,295

Tax positions taken during the current period

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Resolution of tax dispute

 

 

(1,381)

 

 

 -

Changes in tax positions taken during a prior period

 

 

121

 

 

278

Lapse in statute of limitations

 

 

(218)

 

 

(1,375)

Impact of foreign currency re-measurement

 

 

(133)

 

 

(421)

Settlements

 

 

(515)

 

 

(40)

Total unrecognized tax benefits, ending balance

 

 

6,611

 

 

8,737

Less current unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

 -

 

 

(536)

Noncurrent unrecognized tax benefits

 

$

6,611

 

$

8,201

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at the end of fiscal 2017 were $6.6 million of tax benefits, which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. We do not expect any significant changes to our existing unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months resulting from any issues currently pending with tax authorities.

 

We classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. At the end of February 2017 and 2016, the liability for tax-related interest and penalties included in unrecognized tax benefits was $1.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Additionally, during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 we recognized expense (benefit) of ($0.6), $0.5 and $0.2 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of income.

 

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various states and foreign jurisdictions. We do not expect that any proposed adjustments from these tax jurisdictions will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

As of February 28, 2017, tax years under examination or still subject to examination by material tax jurisdictions are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jurisdiction

    

Tax Years Under Examination

    

Open Tax Years

United Kingdom

 

- None -

 

2016

-

2017

United States *

 

2003, 2007, 2008

 

2003, 2007, 2008, 2014 - 2017

Switzerland

 

- None -

 

2013

-

2017

Hong Kong

 

2014

 

2009

-

2017

Kaz, Inc. and its U.S. subsidiaries are under examination for the 2003, 2007 and 2008 tax years. In February 2016, the examination of Helen of Troy Texas Corporation and its subsidiaries for the 2011 and 2012 tax years was completed with no impact to tax expense.

During fiscal 2017 we received an initial notice from a state tax authority which questioned our determination of taxable income applicable to the particular state resulting from interpretations of certain state income tax provisions applicable to our legal structure. We believe we have accurately reported our taxable income and will be pursuing the matter through routine administrative processes with the state. We believe it is unlikely that the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

80


 

Note 12 – Fair Value

 

We classify our various assets and liabilities recorded or reported at fair value under a hierarchy prescribed by GAAP that prioritizes inputs to fair value measurement techniques into three broad levels:

 

·

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

·

Level 2: Observable inputs other than quoted prices that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for similar or identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable; and

 

·

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions. 

 

Assets and liabilities subject to classification are classified upon acquisition. When circumstances dictate the transfer of an asset or liability to a different level, our policy is to recognize the transfer at the beginning of the reporting period in which the event resulting in the transfer occurred.

 

The following tables present the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of the last day of February 2017 and 2016:

 

FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Values at

 

 

February 28, 2017

(in thousands)

 

(Level 2) (1)

Assets:

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

$

2,711

Foreign currency contracts

 

 

2,167

Total assets

 

$

4,878

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

Fixed rate debt (2)

 

$

20,105

Floating rate debt

 

 

465,852

Foreign currency contracts

 

 

47

Total liabilities

 

$

486,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Values at

 

 

February 29, 2016

(in thousands)

 

(Level 2) (1)

Assets:

   

 

 

Money market accounts

 

$

211,964

Foreign currency contracts

 

 

1,372

Total assets

 

$

213,336

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

   

 

 

Fixed rate debt (2)

 

$

40,281

Floating rate debt

 

 

580,418

Foreign currency contracts

 

 

502

Total liabilities

 

$

621,201

 

(1)

Our financial assets and liabilities are classified as Level 2 assets because their valuation is dependent on observable inputs and other quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, or model-derived valuations whose significant value drivers are observable.

 

(2)

Debt values are reported at estimated fair value in these tables, but are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at the undiscounted value of remaining principal payments due.

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these items. Money market accounts at February 29, 2016 primarily held short-term U.S. treasury

81


 

obligations and are included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Money market accounts temporarily held $210 million drawn shortly before the end of fiscal 2016 in order to facilitate the closing of the Hydro Flask acquisition in March 2016.

 

We use derivatives for hedging purposes and our derivatives are primarily foreign currency contracts and a cross-currency debt swap. See Notes 1, 13 and 18 to these consolidated financial statements for more information on our hedging activities.

 

We classify our fixed and floating rate debt as Level 2 items because the estimation of the fair market value of these financial assets requires the use of a discount rate based upon current market rates of interest for obligations with comparable remaining terms. Such comparable rates are considered significant other observable market inputs. The fair market value of the fixed rate debt was computed using a discounted cash flow analysis and discount rates at February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 of 1.8% and 2.4%, respectively. All other long-term debt has floating interest rates, and its book value approximates its fair value as of the reporting date.

 

Our other non-financial assets include goodwill and other intangible assets, which we classify as Level 3 items. These assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as part of our impairment testing. Note 6 to these consolidated financial statements contains additional information regarding impairment testing and related intangible asset impairments. The table below presents other non-financial assets measured on a non-recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for fiscal 2017 and 2016:

 

OTHER NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS USING SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS (Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended

 

 

the   Last   Day   of   February,

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

Beginning balances

 

$

958,756

 

$

948,157

 Total income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Included in net income - realized

 

 

(40,614)

 

 

(31,547)

    Acquired during the period

 

 

200,565

 

 

44,052

    Acquisition adjustments and retirements during the period

 

 

(289)

 

 

(1,906)

Ending balances

 

$

1,118,418

 

$

958,756

 

Note 13 – Financial Instruments and Risk Management

 

Foreign Currency Risk   – Our functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. By operating internationally, we are subject to foreign currency risk from transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar (“foreign currencies”). Such transactions include sales, certain inventory purchases and operating expenses. As a result of such transactions, portions of our cash, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable are denominated in foreign currencies. For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 12%, 14% and 14%, respectively, of our net sales revenue was in foreign currencies. These sales were primarily denominated in British Pounds, Euros, Mexican Pesos, Canadian Dollars, and Venezuelan Bolivars. We make most of our inventory purchases from the Far East and use the U.S. Dollar for such purchases. In our consolidated statements of income, exchange gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign taxes receivable, taxes payable, deferred tax assets, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in their respective income tax lines, and all other foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in SG&A. We recorded net exchange gains (losses) from foreign currency fluctuations, including the impact of currency hedges and the cross-currency debt swap, of $0.5, ($3.1) and ($5.7) million in SG&A during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

We hedge against certain foreign currency exchange rate-risk by using a series of forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges and mark-to-market derivatives to protect against the foreign currency exchange risk inherent in our forecasted transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. We do not enter into any forward exchange contracts or similar instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of these instruments is reported in OCI and reclassified into SG&A in the same period they are settled. The ineffective portion, which is not material for any year presented, is immediately recognized in SG&A.

82


 

Interest Rate Risk   –  Interest on our outstanding debt as of February 28, 2017 is both floating and fixed. Fixed rates are in place on $20 million of Senior Notes at 3.9% and floating rates are in place on the balance of all other debt outstanding, which totaled $470.7 million as of February 28, 2017. If short-term interest rates increase, we will incur higher interest rates on any future outstanding balances of floating rate debt.

 

The following table summarizes the fair values of our various derivative instruments at the end of fiscal 2017 and 2016:

 

FAIR VALUES OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid

 

 

 

Accrued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

Expenses

 

                        

 

 

 

 

Final

 

 

 

 

and   Other

 

 

 

and   Other

 

Other

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Settlement

 

Notional

 

Current

 

Other

 

Current

 

Liabilities,

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

    

Hedge   Type

    

Date

    

Amount

    

Assets

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Non-current

Foreign currency contracts - sell Euro

 

Cash flow

 

2/2018

 

27,500

 

$

727

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

-   

Foreign currency contracts - sell Canadian Dollars

 

Cash flow

 

6/2018

 

$

26,000

 

 

155

 

 

32

 

 

 -

 

 

-   

Foreign currency contracts - sell Pounds

 

Cash flow

 

2/2018

 

£

13,500

 

 

548

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

-   

Foreign currency contracts - sell Mexican Pesos

 

Cash flow

 

2/2018

 

$

59,600

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

47

 

 

-   

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,430

 

 

32

 

 

47

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated under hedge accounting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency contracts - cross-currency debt swaps

 

(1)

 

1/2018

 

$

10,000

 

 

705

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,135

 

$

32

 

$

47

 

$

 -

(1)

We have entered into foreign currency contracts referred to as “cross-currency deb swaps”, which in effect adjusts the currency denomination of our 3.9% Senior Notes due January 2018 to the Euro for the notional amounts reported, creating an economic hedge against currency movements. On these contracts, we have not elected hedge accounting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid

 

 

 

Accrued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

Expenses

 

                        

 

 

 

 

Final

 

 

 

 

and Other

 

 

 

and Other

 

Other

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Settlement

 

Notional

 

Current

 

Other

 

Current

 

Liabilities,

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

    

Hedge Type

    

Date

    

Amount

    

Assets

    

Assets

    

Liabilities

    

Non-current

Foreign currency contracts - sell Euro

 

Cash flow

 

2/2017

 

27,000

 

$

1,066

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Foreign currency contracts - sell Canadian Dollars

 

Cash flow

 

6/2017

 

$

28,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

495

 

 

 7

Foreign currency contracts - sell Pounds

 

Cash flow

 

2/2017

 

£

3,450

 

 

94

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Foreign currency contracts - sell Australian Dollars

 

Cash flow

 

8/2016

 

$

1,650

 

 

 6

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,166

 

 

 -

 

 

495

 

 

 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated under hedge accounting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency contracts - cross-currency debt swap

 

(1)

 

1/2018

 

$

5,000

 

 

-   

 

 

206

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,166

 

$

206

 

$

495

 

$

 7

 

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments for fiscal 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

PRE-TAX EFFECT OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

 

 

Gain   /   (Loss)

 

Gain   /   (Loss)   Reclassified from

 

 

 

 

Recognized   in   OCI

 

  Accumulated   Other Comprehensive

 

Gain   /   (Loss)   Recognized

 

 

(effective   portion)

 

Income   (Loss)   into   Income

 

As Income

(in thousands)

    

2017

 

2016

    

Location

 

2017

    

2016

 

Location

 

2017

    

2016

Currency contracts - cash flow hedges

 

$

2,205

 

$

1,978

 

SG&A

 

$

1,454

 

$

1,203

 

 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Interest rate swaps - cash flow hedges

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

Interest expense

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Cross-currency debt swaps - principal

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

SG&A

 

 

499

 

 

206

Cross-currency debt swaps - interest

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

Interest Expense

 

 

90

 

 

11

Total

 

$

2,205

 

$

1,978

 

 

 

$

1,454

 

$

1,203

 

 

 

$

589

 

$

217

 

83


 

We expect net gains of $1.4 million associated with foreign currency contracts currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, to be reclassified into income over the next twelve months. The amount ultimately realized, however, will differ as exchange rates change and the underlying contracts settle. See Notes 1, 12 and 18 to these consolidated financial statements for more information on our hedging activities.

 

Counterparty Credit Risk   –   Financial instruments, including foreign currency contracts, cross-currency debt swaps and interest rate swaps, expose us to counterparty credit risk for nonperformance. We manage our exposure to counterparty credit risk by dealing with counterparties who are substantial international financial institutions with significant experience using such derivative instruments. Although our theoretical credit risk is the replacement cost at the then-estimated fair value of these instruments, we believe that the risk of incurring credit risk losses is remote.

 

Risks Inherent in Cash and Cash Equivalents – As the levels of our cash and cash equivalents change, they can become more subject to foreign exchange rate risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, and liquidity risk. Cash consists of interest-bearing, non-interest-bearing and short-term investment accounts. We consider money market accounts, which at February 29, 2016 primarily held short-term U.S. treasury obligations, to be cash equivalents.

 

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents at the end of fiscal 2017 and 2016:

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 2017

 

February 29, 2016

 

 

Carrying

 

Range of

 

Carrying

    

Range of

(in thousands)

    

Amount

    

Interest Rates

  

Amount

 

Interest Rates

Cash, interest and non-interest-bearing accounts

 

$

20,376

 

0.00 to 0.35%

 

$

13,836

 

0.00 to 0.50%

Money market funds

 

 

2,711

 

0.18 to 0.19%

 

 

211,964

 

0.11 to 0.19%

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

$

23,087

 

 

 

$

225,800

 

 

 

Our money market balance at the end of fiscal 2016 includes $210 million drawn shortly before the end of the fiscal year, in order to facilitate the closing of the Hydro Flask acquisition in March 2016.

 

Note 14 – Other Commitments and Contingencies

 

Indemnity Agreements   – Under agreements with customers, licensors and parties from whom we have acquired assets or entered into business combinations, we indemnify these parties against liability associated with our products. Additionally, we are party to a number of agreements under leases where we indemnify the lessor for liabilities attributable to our actions or conduct. The indemnity agreements to which we are a party do not, in general, increase our liability for claims related to our products or actions and have not materially affected our consolidated financial statements.

 

Employment Contracts and Related Matters   – We have entered into employment contracts with certain officers, including an employment agreement with Mr. Julien Mininberg, the Company’s CEO, that was amended and restated on January 7, 2016. The amended and restated agreement, among other things, extended the term of Mr. Mininberg’s employment agreement from March 1, 2016 through February 28, 2019. These agreements provide for minimum salary levels, potential incentive bonuses, and in some cases, performance based awards. These agreements also specify varying levels of salary continuation and/or severance compensation dependent on certain circumstances such as involuntary termination for other than cause or involuntary termination due to a change of control.

 

In some cases, the expiration dates for these agreements are indefinite, unless terminated by either party. At February 28, 2017, the estimated aggregate commitment for potential future compensation and/or severance pursuant to all continuing employment contracts, was approximately $12.0 million, payable over varying terms up to two years from the date of separation.

 

International Trade   – We purchase most of our appliances and a significant portion of other products that we sell from unaffiliated manufacturers located in the Far East, mainly in China. With most of our products being manufactured in the Far East, we are subject to risks associated with trade barriers, currency exchange fluctuations and social, economic and political unrest. In recent years, increasing labor costs, regional labor dislocations driven by new government policies, local inflation, changes in ocean cargo carrier capacity and costs, the impact of energy prices on transportation, and

84


 

fluctuations in the Chinese Renminbi against the U.S. Dollar have resulted in variability in our cost of goods sold. In the past, certain Chinese suppliers have closed operations due to economic conditions that pressured their profitability. Although we have multiple sourcing partners for certain products, occasionally we are unable to source certain items on a timely basis due to changes occurring with our suppliers. We believe that we could source similar products outside China, if necessary, and we continuously explore expanding sourcing alternatives in other countries. However, the relocation of any production capacity could require substantial time and increased costs.

 

Customer Incentives   – We regularly enter into arrangements with customers whereby we offer various incentives, including incentives in the form of volume rebates. Our estimate of the liability for such incentives is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets on the line entitled “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities,” and in Note 8 to these consolidated financial statements included in the lines entitled “Accrued sales returns, discounts and allowances” and “Accrued advertising” and are based on incentives applicable to sales occurring up to the respective balance sheet dates.

 

Thermometer Patent Litigation   – In January 2016, a jury ruled against the Company in a case that involved claims by Exergen Corporation. The case involved the alleged patent infringement related to two forehead thermometer models sold by our subsidiary, Kaz USA, Inc., in the United States.  As a result of the jury verdict, we recorded a charge in fiscal 2016 including legal fees and other related expenses, of $17.8 million (before and after tax). In June 2016, certain post-trial motions were concluded with Exergen Corporation being awarded an additional $1.5 million of pre-judgment compensation. We accrued this additional amount in May 2016. In July 2016, we appealed the judgment to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The Company continues to vigorously pursue its appellate rights and

defend against the underlying judgment.

 

Other Matters   –   We are involved in various legal claims and proceedings in the normal course of operations. We believe the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments   –   Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments at the end of fiscal 2017 were:

 

PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD - TWELVE MONTHS ENDED THE LAST DAY OF FEBRUARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 

After

(in thousands)

    

Total

    

1 year

    

2 years

    

3 years

    

4 years

    

5 years

    

5 years

Fixed rate debt

 

$

20,000

 

$

20,000

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Floating rate debt

 

 

470,707

 

 

5,700

 

 

1,900

 

 

1,900

 

 

1,900

 

 

442,600

 

 

16,707

Long-term incentive plan payouts

 

 

12,840

 

 

6,630

 

 

3,716

 

 

2,494

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Interest on fixed rate debt

 

 

676

 

 

676

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Interest on floating rate debt (1)

 

 

47,995

 

 

10,050

 

 

10,006

 

 

9,963

 

 

9,920

 

 

7,717

 

 

339

Open purchase orders

 

 

193,434

 

 

193,434

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Long-term purchase commitments

 

 

804

 

 

501

 

 

303

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Minimum royalty payments

 

 

62,820

 

 

13,089

 

 

12,841

 

 

12,947

 

 

9,856

 

 

8,895

 

 

5,192

Advertising and promotional

 

 

56,006

 

 

19,879

 

 

7,145

 

 

7,253

 

 

7,337

 

 

7,413

 

 

6,979

Operating leases

 

 

37,143

 

 

6,511

 

 

5,936

 

 

4,440

 

 

4,118

 

 

3,878

 

 

12,260

Capital spending commitments

 

 

683

 

 

683

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total contractual obligations (2)

 

$

903,108

 

$

277,153

 

$

41,847

 

$

38,997

 

$

33,131

 

$

470,503

 

$

41,477

(1)

We estimate our future obligations for interest on our floating rate debt by assuming the weighted average interest rates in effect on each floating rate debt obligation at February 28, 2017 remain constant into the future. This is an estimate, as actual rates will vary over time. In addition, for the Credit Agreement, we assume that the balance outstanding as of February 28, 2017 remains the same for the remaining term of the agreement. The actual balance outstanding under our Credit Agreement may fluctuate significantly in future periods, depending on the availability of cash flow from operations and future investing and financing considerations.

(2)

In addition to the contractual obligations and commercial commitments in the table above, as of February 28, 2017, we have recorded a provision for uncertain tax positions of $6.6 million. We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of most of the future payments, if any, related to uncertain tax positions; therefore, we have excluded these tax liabilities from the table above.

85


 

Note 15 – Repurchase of Helen of Troy Common Stock

 

In February 2014, our Board of Directors approved a resolution to repurchase $550 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock in keeping with its stated intention to return to shareholders excess capital not otherwise deployed for strategic acquisitions or other needs. This resolution superseded the previous resolution in place. As of February 28, 2017, we were authorized to purchase $83.4 million of common stock.  These repurchases may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, block trades, accelerated stock repurchase transactions, or any combination of such methods. The number of shares purchased and the timing of the purchases will depend on a number of factors, including share price, trading volume and general market conditions, working capital requirements, general business conditions, financial conditions, any applicable contractual limitations, and other factors, including alternative investment opportunities.

 

Our current equity compensation plans include provisions that allow for the “net exercise” of stock options by all plan participants. In a net exercise, any required payroll taxes, federal withholding taxes and exercise price of the shares due from option or other share-based award holders can be paid for by having the holder tender back to the Company a number of shares at fair value equal to the amounts due. Net exercises are accounted for by the Company as a purchase and retirement of shares.

 

The following table summarizes our share repurchase activity for the periods covered below:

 

SHARE REPURCHASES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended the Last Day of February

(in thousands, except per share data)

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Common stock repurchased on the open market or through tender offer (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

922,731

 

 

1,126,796

 

 

4,102,143

Aggregate value of shares (in thousands)

$

75,000

 

$

100,000

 

$

273,599

Average price per share

$

81.28

 

$

88.75

 

$

66.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock received in connection with share-based compensation (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

6,286

 

 

117,294

 

 

71,950

Aggregate value of shares (in thousands)

$

595

 

$

6,411

 

$

4,826

Average price per share

$

94.61

 

$

54.66

 

$

67.08

 

 

(1)

Includes various open market purchases made in each of the three fiscal years including a modified “Dutch auction” tender offer completed during fiscal 2015, resulting in the repurchase of 3,693,816 shares of our outstanding common stock at a total cost of $247.8 million, including tender offer transaction-related costs.

(2)

In fiscal 2016, we issued 276,548 shares of common stock as payment of separation compensation due to our former CEO under his employment and separation agreements. In connection with this transaction, the former CEO tendered 116,012 shares back to the Company as payment for related federal tax obligations. The Company previously accrued and disclosed the separation compensation in fiscal 2014. Fiscal 2015 includes 68,086 shares of common stock having a market value of $67.10 per share, or $4.6 million in the aggregate, which were tendered by our former CEO as payment for related federal tax obligations arising from the vesting and settlement of performance-based restricted stock units and restricted stock awards.

 

 

86


 

Note 16 – Share-Based Compensation Plans

 

We have equity awards outstanding under an expired employee stock option and restricted stock plan adopted in 1998 (the “1998 Plan”). We also have equity awards outstanding under three active share-based compensation plans. The plans consist of the Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, an employee stock option and restricted stock plan (the “2008 Stock Incentive Plan”), the Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan, a non-employee director restricted stock plan (the “2008 Directors’ Plan”), and the Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2008 Stock Purchase Plan”). These plans are described below. The plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which consists of non-employee directors who are independent under the applicable listing standards for companies traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

 

Expired Plan

 

The 1998 Plan – The plan covered a total of 6,750,000 shares of common stock for issuance to key officers and employees. The 1998 Plan provided for the grant of options to purchase our common stock at a price equal to or greater than the fair market value on the grant date. The 1998 Plan contained provisions for incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted share grants. Generally, options granted under the 1998 Plan become exercisable over four- or five-year vesting periods and expire on dates ranging from seven to ten years from the date of grant. The 1998 Plan expired by its terms on August 25, 2008. As of February 28, 2017, there were 1,200 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding under the plan.

 

Active Plans

 

The 2008 Stock Incentive Plan – The plan covers a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock for issuance to key officers, employees and consultants of the Company. Under this plan, the Company offers stock-based compensation that includes stock options, annual restricted share awards, time-vested restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units. The plan will expire by its terms on August 19, 2018.

 

·

Stock Options: Generally, options granted under the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan will become exercisable over four- or five-year vesting periods and will expire on dates ranging from seven to ten years from the date of grant. These stock options are expensed ratably over their vesting terms. As of February 28, 2017, there were 447,137 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding under the plan.

 

·

Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”): RSAs were awarded to our former CEO that vested as a result of the achievement of certain performance targets specified in his employment agreement. RSAs for 62,304 shares of common stock for fiscal 2014 with a fair value at the date of the award of $67.10 per share, vested during fiscal 2015. In addition, during fiscal 2016, we issued an RSA that immediately vested for 2,000 shares of common stock to our current CEO at a fair value of $89.12 per share.

 

·

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”): RSUs are awards of time-vested restricted stock units that are independent of stock option grants and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting. During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, we granted RSUs that may be settled for up to 92,329, 29,932, and 28,937 shares of common stock, with weighted average grant date fair values of $96.74, $76.62 and $58.36, respectively, to the CEO and certain members of the management team. The awards vest over varying terms up to 4 years. The Company expenses the cost of restricted stock units ratably over their vesting periods.

 

·

Performance Restricted Stock Units (“PSUs”): PSUs are performance-based restricted stock unit awards that represent the right to receive unrestricted shares of stock based on the achievement of Company performance goals over the performance period established by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company granted PSUs that may be settled for up to 139,846 , 130,608 and 178,101 shares of common stock with average fair values at the grant date of $97.12, $76.62 and $58.36, respectively, to the CEO and certain members of the management team. These awards have three year performance periods ending on the last day of fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The awards will vest and settle on the date the Compensation Committee certifies that the performance goals have been achieved. Expense for the new plan must be estimated until earned, subject to a probability assessment of achieving the various performance goals and payout levels.

 

87


 

A summary of shares available for issue under the 2008 stock incentive plan follows:

 

SUMMARY OF SHARES AVAILABLE FOR ISSUE UNDER THE 2008 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares originally authorized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

3,750,000

Less cumulative stock option grants issued, net of forfeitures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,182,894)

Less restricted share awards previously vested and settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(439,613)

Subtotal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,127,493

Less maximum RSUs issuable upon vesting (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(123,425)

Less maximum PSUs issuable upon vesting (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(396,312)

Shares available for issuance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,607,756

(1)

RSUs and PSUs potentially issuable are estimated assuming the maximum payouts adjusted for actual forfeitures to date. 

 

The 2008 Directors’ Plan – The plan covers a total of 175,000 shares of common stock for issuance of restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards to non-employee members of our Board of Directors. Awards granted under the 2008 Directors' Plan will be subject to vesting schedules and other terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The plan will expire by its terms on August 19, 2018. As of February 28, 2017, 78,825 shares of restricted stock have been granted and 96,175 shares remained available for future issue under the plan. Under the 2008 Directors’ Plan for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 , the Company granted 5,285, 5,649 and 9,267 shares of restricted stock, respectively, to certain members of our Board of Directors having weighted average fair values at the date of grant of $92.98, $87.04 and $61.72 per share for each year, respectively. The restricted stock awards vested immediately, were valued at the fair value of our common stock at the date of the grant, and accordingly, were expensed at the time of the grants.

 

The 2008 Stock Purchase Plan – The plan covers a total of 350,000 shares of common stock for issuance to our employees. Under the terms of the plan, employees may authorize the withholding of up to 15% of their wages or salaries to purchase our shares of common stock. The purchase price for shares acquired under the 2008 Stock Purchase Plan is equal to the lower of 85% of the share’s fair market value on either the first day of each option period or the last day of each period. The plan will expire by its terms on September 1, 2018. Shares of common stock purchased under the 2008 Stock Purchase Plan vest immediately at the time of purchase. Accordingly, the fair value award associated with their discounted purchase price is expensed at the time of purchase. During fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, plan participants acquired a total of 32,110, 28,433 and 31,128 shares of common stock at average prices of $76.77, $67.77 and $49.49 per share, respectively. As of February 28, 2017, there were 66,542 shares available for future issue under the plan.

 

We recorded share-based compensation expense in SG&A as follows:

 

SHARE-BASED PAYMENT EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal   Years   Ended   the   Last   Day   of   February,

(in thousands, except per share data)

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Stock options

$

2,614

    

$

2,961

    

$

3,279

Directors stock compensation

 

700

 

 

700

 

 

816

Performance based and other stock awards

 

11,812

 

 

4,478

 

 

1,732

Employee stock purchase plan

 

580

 

 

552

 

 

391

Share-based payment expense

 

15,706

 

 

8,691

 

 

6,218

Less income tax benefits

 

(2,396)

 

 

(1,284)

 

 

(661)

Share-based payment expense, net of income tax benefits

$

13,310

 

$

7,407

 

$

5,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share impact of share based payment expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.48

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.19

Diluted

$

0.48

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.19

 

88


 

The fair value of our stock option grants are estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: 

 

ASSUMPTIONS USED FOR FAIR VALUE OF STOCK OPTION GRANTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

 

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

Range of risk free interest rates used

 

1.2%

 

0.9% - 1.5%

 

1.2% - 1.5%

Expected dividend rate

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

Weighted average volatility rate

 

33.4%

 

39.1%

 

48.0%

Range of expected volatility rates used

 

33.4%

 

35.9% - 39.7%

 

35.3% - 50.5%

Range of expected terms used (in years)

 

4.1

 

4.1 - 4.4

 

4.1 - 4.4

 

The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities equal to the expected life of the stock option grants. The dividend yield is computed as zero because we have not historically paid dividends nor do we expect to do so at this time. Expected volatility is based on a weighted average of the market implied volatility and historical volatility over the expected life of the underlying stock option grants. We use our historical experience to estimate the expected term of each stock option grant.

 

A summary of stock option activity under all our share-based compensation plans follows:

 

SUMMARY OF STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Grant   Date

 

Contractual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price

 

Fair Value

 

Term

 

Intrinsic

(in thousands, except contractual term and per share data)

 

Options

 

(per share)

 

(per share)

 

(in years)

 

Value

Outstanding at February 28, 2014

 

839

 

 

33.03

 

 

12.38

 

 

6.5

 

 

27,081

Grants

 

257

 

 

63.84

 

 

25.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercises

 

(187)

 

 

29.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,498

Forfeitures / expirations

 

(141)

 

 

40.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at February 28, 2015

 

768

 

 

42.76

 

 

16.28

 

 

6.6

 

 

26,008

Grants

 

186

 

 

88.17

 

 

28.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercises

 

(178)

 

 

37.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,480

Forfeitures / expirations

 

(127)

 

 

59.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at February 29, 2016

 

649

 

$

53.94

 

$

19.52

 

 

6.1

 

$

26,847

Grants

 

 2

 

 

102.04

 

 

28.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercises

 

(170)

 

 

43.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,152

Forfeitures / expirations

 

(33)

 

 

65.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at February 28, 2017

 

448

 

$

57.41

 

$

20.54

 

 

5.0

 

$

18,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at February 28, 2017

 

168

 

$

46.37

 

$

17.30

 

 

4.3

 

$

8,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89


 

A summary of non-vested stock option activity and changes under all our share-based compensation plans follows:

 

NON-VESTED STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

Grant   Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

Fair Value

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

(per share)

Outstanding at February 28, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

728

 

 

12.74

Grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

257

 

 

25.22

Vested or forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(311)

 

 

13.87

Outstanding at February 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

674

 

 

16.98

Grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

28.82

Vested or forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(339)

 

 

17.59

Outstanding at February 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

521

 

$

20.81

Grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2

 

 

28.74

Vested or forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(243)

 

 

18.95

Outstanding at February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

$

22.48

 

A summary of restricted stock award activity under our 2008 Stock Incentive Plan follows:

 

SUMMARY OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD ACTIVITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awards

 

(per share)

 

Outstanding

Due for Issue at February 28, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

67.10

 

 

4,073

Vested and issued (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62)

 

 

67.10

 

 

 

Due for issue at February 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Granted (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2

 

 

89.12

 

 

 

Vested and issued (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

89.12

 

 

 

Due for issue at February 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

Vested and issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

Due for issue at February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

(1)

Fiscal 2014 performance RSAs earned by our former CEO, which vested on April 22, 2014.

 

(2)

Fiscal 2016 RSA to our current CEO, which were granted and vested on May 8, 2015.

 

90


 

A summary of restricted stock unit activity and changes under our 2008 Stock Incentive Plan follows:

 

SUMMARY OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT ACTIVITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Units

    

 

(per share)

    

 

Outstanding

Outstanding at February 28, 2014 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

32.88

 

 

6,531

Granted (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

 

58.35

 

 

 

Vested (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100)

 

 

32.88

 

 

 

Outstanding at February 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

 

58.35

 

 

9,041

Granted (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

76.62

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

Outstanding at February 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

213

 

$

66.50

 

$

20,311

Granted (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162

 

 

96.90

 

 

 

Vested or forfeited (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53)

 

 

70.14

 

 

 

Outstanding at February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

322

 

$

81.19

 

$

31,418

(1)

Fiscal 2014 PSUs earned by our former CEO, which vested and settled on April 22, 2014 at a fair value of $67.10 per share.

 

(2)

Includes target level RSUs and PSUs granted to our current CEO and members of management in connection with long-term incentive compensation for fiscal 2015, 2016 and 2017.

 

(3)

Inclu des 15,643 RSUs which vested and settled throughout the year at an weighted average fair value of $60.28 per share.

A summary of our total unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of February 28, 2017 is as follows:

 

UNRECOGNIZED SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Unrecognized

 

Period   of

 

 

Compensation

 

Recognition

(in thousands, except weighted average expense period data)

 

Expense

 

(in months)

Stock options

 

$

3,578

 

25.4

Restricted stock units (RSUs and PSUs)

 

 

10,804

 

23.5

 

 

Note 17 – Defined Contribution Plans

 

We sponsor defined contribution savings plans in the U.S. and other countries where we have employees. Total matching contributions made to these plans for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $3.6, $3.5 and $3.2 million, respectively.

 

91


 

Note 18 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component and related tax effects for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) BY COMPONENT

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges (1)

Balance at February 28, 2015

$

(76)

Other comprehensive income before reclassification

 

1,978

Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(1,203)

Tax effects

 

(34)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

741

Balance at February 29, 2016

 

665

Other comprehensive income before reclassification

 

2,205

Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(1,454)

Tax effects

 

(243)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

508

Balance at February 28, 2017

$

1,173

(1)

Includes net deferred tax benefits (expense) of ($0.2) and $0.0 million at the end of fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively .

 

See Notes 1, 12 and 13 to these consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our hedging activities.

 

Note 19 – Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Selected unaudited quarterly financial data is as follows:

 

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017:

 

May

    

August

    

November

    

February

    

Total

Sales revenue, net

 

$

347,938

 

$

368,170

 

$

444,414

 

$

376,697

 

$

1,537,219

Gross profit

 

 

152,427

 

 

162,968

 

 

194,215

 

 

165,858

 

 

675,468

Asset impairment charges

 

 

7,400

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

5,000

 

 

12,400

Net income

 

 

19,026

 

 

28,355

 

 

57,612

 

 

35,696

 

 

140,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

0.69

 

 

1.02

 

 

2.10

 

 

1.31

 

 

5.11

Diluted

 

 

0.68

 

 

1.00

 

 

2.07

 

 

1.30

 

 

5.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016:

 

May

    

August

    

November

    

February

    

Total

Sales revenue, net

 

$

345,345

 

$

369,129

 

$

445,503

 

$

385,724

 

$

1,545,701

Gross profit

 

 

143,319

 

 

148,005

 

 

182,524

 

 

162,157

 

 

636,005

Asset impairment charges

 

 

3,000

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

3,000

 

 

6,000

Net income

 

 

20,410

 

 

24,452

 

 

46,778

 

 

9,588

 

 

101,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

0.72

 

 

0.86

 

 

1.66

 

 

0.34

 

 

3.58

Diluted

 

 

0.70

 

 

0.84

 

 

1.63

 

 

0.34

 

 

3.52

(1)

Earnings per share calculations for each quarter are based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding for each period, and the sum of the quarterly amounts may not necessarily equal the annual earnings per share amounts.

 

92


 

Note 20 – Segment and Geographic Information

 

The following table contains segment information:

 

SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutritional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

    

Housewares (1)

    

Health & Home

    

Supplements

    

Beauty

    

Total

Sales revenue, net

 

$

418,128

 

$

632,769

 

$

130,543

 

$

355,779

 

$

1,537,219

Asset impairment charges

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

9,500

 

 

2,900

 

 

12,400

Operating income

 

 

89,641

 

 

52,294

 

 

(7,933)

 

 

30,330

 

 

164,332

Identifiable assets

 

 

642,967

 

 

679,248

 

 

205,889

 

 

284,992

 

 

1,813,096

Capital and intangible asset expenditures

 

 

5,652

 

 

5,192

 

 

5,112

 

 

4,663

 

 

20,619

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,723

 

 

20,374

 

 

8,408

 

 

9,836

 

 

44,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutritional

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2016

 

Housewares

 

Health & Home

 

Supplements

 

Beauty

 

Total

Sales revenue, net

 

$

310,663

 

$

642,735

 

$

153,126

 

$

439,177

 

$

1,545,701

Asset impairment charges

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

6,000

 

 

6,000

Operating income

 

 

56,659

 

 

38,078

 

 

11,446

 

 

24,432

 

 

130,615

Identifiable assets

 

 

610,176

 

 

715,104

 

 

216,963

 

 

306,651

 

 

1,848,894

Capital and intangible asset expenditures

 

 

1,560

 

 

9,131

 

 

3,927

 

 

5,985

 

 

20,603

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,183

 

 

21,300

 

 

9,424

 

 

7,842

 

 

42,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutritional

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2015

 

Housewares

 

Health & Home

 

Supplements (2)

 

Beauty

 

Total

Sales revenue, net

 

$

296,252

 

$

613,253

 

$

100,395

 

$

435,231

 

$

1,445,131

Asset impairment charges

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

9,000

 

 

9,000

Operating income

 

 

59,392

 

 

50,821

 

 

9,512

 

 

41,994

 

 

161,719

Identifiable assets

 

 

387,663

 

 

667,954

 

 

216,798

 

 

349,824

 

 

1,622,239

Capital and intangible asset expenditures

 

 

2,019

 

 

2,602

 

 

613

 

 

1,287

 

 

6,521

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,615

 

 

20,532

 

 

5,380

 

 

10,126

 

 

39,653

(1)

Includes eleven and a half months of operating results for Hydro Flask, acquired on March 18, 2016.

 

(2)

Includes eight months of operating results for Healthy Directions, acquired on June 30, 2014.

 

We compute segment operating income based on net sales revenue, less cost of goods sold, SG&A and any asset impairment charges associated with the segment. The SG&A used to compute each segment’s operating income is directly associated with the segment, plus shared service and corporate overhead expenses that are allocable to the segment. In fiscal 2016, we began making an allocation of shared service and corporate overhead costs to the Nutritional Supplements segment. For fiscal 2017 and 2016, those allocations totaled $6.0 and $4.7 million, respectively. We do not allocate nonoperating income and expense, including interest or income taxes, to operating segments.

93


 

Our domestic and international net sales revenue and long-lived assets were as follows:

 

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended the Last Day of February,

(in thousands)

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

SALES REVENUE, NET:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,241,653

 

$

1,233,464

 

$

1,139,959

International

 

 

295,566

 

 

312,237

 

 

305,172

Total

 

$

1,537,219

 

$

1,545,701

 

$

1,445,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

599,451

 

$

606,925

 

$

631,326

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Barbados

 

 

498,077

 

 

315,182

 

 

319,298

Other international

 

 

159,490

 

 

171,699

 

 

133,608

Subtotal

 

 

657,567

 

 

486,881

 

 

452,906

Total

 

$

1,257,018

 

$

1,093,806

 

$

1,084,232

 

The table above classifies assets based upon the country where we hold legal title.

 

Worldwide sales to our largest customer and its affiliates accounted for approximately 15%, 16% and 18% of our net sales revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Sales to this customer are made within the Beauty and Health & Home segments. Of these sales, approximately 94%, 94% and 84% were within the U.S. during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. No other customers accounted for 10% or more of net sales revenue during those fiscal years.

 

94


 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charged to

 

Net charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

cost and

 

(credit) to

 

 

 

 

Ending

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

expenses   (1)

 

sales revenue (2)

 

Deductions   (3)

 

Balance

Year Ended February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for doubtful accounts

 

$

1,733

 

$

2,326

 

$

 -

 

$

697

 

$

3,362

Allowances for back-to-stock returns

 

 

4,165

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,871)

 

 

 -

 

$

2,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended February 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for doubtful accounts

 

$

1,849

 

$

225

 

$

 -

 

$

341

 

$

1,733

Allowances for back-to-stock returns

 

 

4,033

 

 

 -

 

 

132

 

 

 -

 

$

4,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended February 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowances for doubtful accounts

 

$

2,127

 

$

299

 

$

 -

 

$

577

 

$

1,849

Allowances for back-to-stock returns

 

 

2,552

 

 

 -

 

 

1,481

 

 

 -

 

$

4,033

(1)

Represents periodic charges to the provision for doubtful accounts.

 

(2)

Represents net charges (credits) during the period to sales returns and allowances.

 

(3)

Represents write-offs of doubtful accounts, net of recoveries of previously reserved amounts.

 

95


 

Table of Contents

Item 9.   Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9a. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act as of February 28, 2017. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report on internal controls over financial reporting of the independent registered public accounting firm required by this item are set forth under Item 8., “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report on pages 52 through 53 ,  and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

In connection with the evaluation described above, we identified no change in our internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act that occurred during our fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

96


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Information in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 10, as noted below:

 

·

Information about our Directors who are standing for re-election is set forth under “Election of Directors”;

 

·

Information about our executive officers is set forth under “Executive Officers”;

 

·

Information about our Audit Committee, including members of the committee, and our designated “audit committee financial experts” is set forth under “Corporate Governance” and “Board Committees and Meetings”; and

 

·

Information about Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is set forth under “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics governing our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer, and finance department members. The full text of our Code of Ethics is published on our website, at www.hotus.com , under the “Investor Relations-Corporate Governance” caption. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waivers from, certain provisions of this Code on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

Information set forth under the captions “Director Compensation”; “Executive Compensation”; “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”; “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”; and “Report of the Compensation Committee” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 11.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

 

Information set forth under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 12.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Information set forth under the captions “Certain Relationships - Related Person Transactions”; “Corporate Governance”; and “Board Committees and Meetings” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 13.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

Information set forth under the caption “Audit and Other Fees Paid to our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 14.

97


 

Table of Contents

PART I V

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)

1.

Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Item 8 on page 51 of this report

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedule: See “Schedule II” on page 95 of this report

 

3.

Exhibits

The exhibit numbers succeeded by an asterisk (*) indicate exhibits physically filed with this Form 10-K. The exhibit numbers succeeded by an asterisk (**) indicate exhibits furnished with this Form 10-K that are not deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability. All other exhibit numbers indicate exhibits filed by incorporation by reference. Exhibit numbers succeeded by a cross ( ) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

 

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 8, 2010, among Helen of Troy Texas Corporation, KI Acquisition Corp., Kaz, Inc., the Company, and the Kaz, Inc. shareholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2010).

3.1

Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 33-73594, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 1993 (the “1993 S-4”)).

3.2

Bye-Laws, as amended (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, File No. 001-14669, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2016).

10.1

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2014, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2014 (the “2014 10-K”)).

10.2

Amended and Restated Helen of Troy Limited 1998 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's   Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, File Number 001-14669, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 15, 2005).

10.3

Form of Helen of Troy Limited Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2006 (the “2006 10-K”)).

10.4

Form of Helen of Troy Limited Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the 2006 10-K).

10.5

Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2008 (the “2008 Proxy Statement”)).

10.6

Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the 2008 Proxy Statement).

10.7

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Company’s 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2009).

 

98


 

Table of Contents

10.8

Note Purchase Agreement, dated January 12, 2011, by and among Helen of Troy, L.P., the Company, Helen of Troy Limited, a Barbados company, and the purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2011).

10.9

Helen of Troy Limited Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2015).

10.10

Amended and Restated Helen of Troy Limited 2011 Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on 10-Q, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 2016).

10.11

Loan Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between Kaz USA, Inc. and Mississippi Business Finance Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013).

10.12

Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013).

10.13

Trust Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2013 between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013).

10.14

Form of Helen of Troy Limited Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2013 (the “2013 10-K”)).

10.15

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Company’s 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the 2013 10-K).

10.16

First Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2014, made by Helen of Troy, L.P., Helen of Troy Limited, a Barbados company, HOT Nevada, Inc, Helen of Troy Nevada Corporation, Helen of Troy Texas Corporation, Idelle Labs Ltd., OXO International Ltd., Helen of Troy Macao Commercial Offshore Limited, Kaz, Inc., Kaz USA, Inc., Kaz Canada, Inc., and Pur Water Purification Products, Inc., in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2014).

10.17

Second Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2014, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2014).

10.18

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated January 16, 2015, by and among Helen of Troy, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Helen of Troy Limited, a Bermuda company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2015).

10.19

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 7, 2016, by and among Helen of Troy, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Helen of Troy Limited, a Bermuda company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2016).

99


 

Table of Contents

10.20

Guaranty, dated January 16, 2015, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated January 16, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2015).

10.21

Third Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2015, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2015).

10.22*

Fourth Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2016, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A.

10.23

First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2014, by and between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the 2015 10-K).

10.24

Second Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of February 18, 2015 but effective February 1, 2015, by and between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2015).

10.25*

Third Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of December 7, 2016, but effective December 1, 2016, by and between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee.

10.26

Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by and between Helen of Troy Limited and Julien R. Mininberg, granted May 22, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2015).

10.27

Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by and between Helen of Troy Limited and Julien R. Mininberg, granted March 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2015).

10.28

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement among Helen of Troy Nevada Corporation, Helen of Troy Limited and Julien Mininberg, dated January 7, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending November 30, 2015, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 11, 2016).

21*

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Grant Thornton LLP.

31.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32**

Joint certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

 

100


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

a

 

 

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julien R. Mininberg

 

Julien R. Mininberg

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

May 1, 2017

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Julien R. Mininberg

 

/s/ Brian L. Grass

Julien R. Mininberg

 

Brian L. Grass

Chief Executive Officer, Director and Principal Executive Officer

May 1, 2017

 

Chief Financial Officer

and Principal Financial Officer

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Oppenheim

 

/s/ Timothy F. Meeker

Richard J. Oppenheim

 

Timothy F. Meeker

Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer

 

Director, Chairman of the Board

May 1, 2017

 

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Gary B. Abromovitz

 

/s/ Krista Berry

Gary B. Abromovitz

 

Krista Berry

Director, Deputy Chairman of the Board

 

Director

May 1, 2017

 

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ John B. Butterworth

 

/s/ Thurman K. Case

John B. Butterworth

 

Thurman K. Case

Director

 

Director

May 1, 2017

 

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Beryl B. Raff

 

/s/ William F. Susetka

Beryl B. Raff

 

William F. Susetka

Director

 

Director

May 1, 2017

 

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Darren G. Woody

 

 

Darren G. Woody

 

 

Director

 

 

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

101


 

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

The exhibit numbers succeeded by an asterisk (*) indicate exhibits physically filed with this Form 10-K. The exhibit numbers succeeded by an asterisk (**) indicate exhibits furnished with this Form 10-K that are not deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability. All other exhibit numbers indicate exhibits filed by incorporation by reference. Exhibit numbers succeeded by a cross ( ) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

 

 

 

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 8, 2010, among Helen of Troy Texas Corporation, KI Acquisition Corp., Kaz, Inc., the Company, and the Kaz, Inc. shareholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2010).

3.1

Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 33-73594, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 1993 (the “1993 S-4”)).

3.2

Bye-Laws, as amended (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, File No. 001-14669, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2016).

10.1

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2014, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2014 (the “2014 10-K”)).

10.2

Amended and Restated Helen of Troy Limited 1998 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's   Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, File Number 001-14669, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 15, 2005).

10.3

Form of Helen of Troy Limited Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2006 (the “2006 10-K”)).

10.4

Form of Helen of Troy Limited Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the 2006 10-K).

10.5

Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2008 (the “2008 Proxy Statement”)).

10.6

Helen of Troy Limited 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the 2008 Proxy Statement).

10.7

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Company’s 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2009).

10.8

Note Purchase Agreement, dated January 12, 2011, by and among Helen of Troy, L.P., the Company, Helen of Troy Limited, a Barbados company, and the purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2011).

10.9

Helen of Troy Limited Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2015).

10.10

Amended and Restated Helen of Troy Limited 2011 Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on 10-Q, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 2016).

10.11

Loan Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between Kaz USA, Inc. and Mississippi Business Finance Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013).

102


 

Table of Contents

10.12

Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013).

10.13

Trust Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2013 between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013).

10.14

Form of Helen of Troy Limited Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2013, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2013 (the “2013 10-K”)).

10.15

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Company’s 2008 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the 2013 10-K).

10.16

First Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2014, made by Helen of Troy, L.P., Helen of Troy Limited, a Barbados company, HOT Nevada, Inc, Helen of Troy Nevada Corporation, Helen of Troy Texas Corporation, Idelle Labs Ltd., OXO International Ltd., Helen of Troy Macao Commercial Offshore Limited, Kaz, Inc., Kaz USA, Inc., Kaz Canada, Inc., and Pur Water Purification Products, Inc., in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2014).

10.17

Second Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2014, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2014).

10.18

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated January 16, 2015, by and among Helen of Troy, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Helen of Troy Limited, a Bermuda company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2015).

10.19

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 7, 2016, by and among Helen of Troy, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, Helen of Troy Limited, a Bermuda company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2016).

10.20

Guaranty, dated January 16, 2015, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated January 16, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2015).

10.21

Third Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2015, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2015).

10.22*

Fourth Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2016, made by Helen of Troy Limited and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A.

10.23

First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2014, by and between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the 2015 10-K) .

10.24

Second Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of February 18, 2015 but effective February 1, 2015, by and between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2015).

103


 

Table of Contents

10.25*

Third Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of December 7, 2016, but effective December 1, 2016, by and between Mississippi Business Finance Corporation and Deutsche Bank National Trust, as trustee.

10.26

Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by and between Helen of Troy Limited and Julien R. Mininberg, granted May 22, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2015).

10.27

Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by and between Helen of Troy Limited and Julien R. Mininberg, granted March 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2015).

10.28

Amended and restated Employment Agreement among Helen of Troy Nevada Corporation, Helen of Troy Limited and Julien Mininberg, dated January 7, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending November 30, 2015, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 11, 2016).

21*

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Grant Thornton LLP.

31.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32**

Joint certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

 

\

104


EXHIBIT 10.22

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this “ Fourth Amendment ”), dated effective as of December 7, 2016, is entered into among the parties listed on the signature pages hereof as Guarantors (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “ Guarantied Party ”, and collectively with any Affiliates thereof, the “ Guarantied Parties ”).

BACKGROUND

A. The Guarantors and the Guarantied Party are parties to that certain Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2014, that certain Second Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2014, and that certain Third Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2015 (said Guaranty Agreement, as amended, the “ Guaranty Agreement ”).  The terms defined in the Guaranty Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall be used herein as defined in the Guaranty Agreement.

B. The parties to the Guaranty Agreement desire to make certain amendments to the Guaranty Agreement.

C. The Guarantied Party hereby agrees to amend the Guaranty Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements hereafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are all hereby acknowledged, the Guarantors and the Guarantied Party covenant and agree as follows:

1. AMENDMENTS .

(a) Section 1 of the Guaranty Agreement is hereby amended on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date by adding the following defined terms thereto to read as follows:

First Amendment ” means that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2016, among HOT-L.P., Limited, the Lenders and the Guarantied Party, as Administrative Agent.

First Amendment Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in the First Amendment.

Qualified Acquisition ” means an Acquisition by Limited or any Subsidiary, which Acquisition has been designated to the Purchaser in a Qualified Acquisition Notice as a “Qualified Acquisition”, provided that (a) the aggregate Acquisition Consideration is greater than $150,000,000 and (b) at the time of such Acquisition, the unpaid principal balance of the 2011 Senior Notes shall have been paid in full.

 


 

Qualified Acquisition Notice ” means a written notice from Limited to the Purchaser (a) delivered not later than 5 days prior to the date of closing of the proposed Qualified Acquisition and (b) which describes the Qualified Acquisition which is the basis for such request (including, without limitation, a pro forma calculation of the Leverage Ratio immediately prior to and after giving effect to such Qualified Acquisition, which calculation shall indicate that the Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Qualified Acquisition is not greater than 3.50 to 1.00), and otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

(b) Section 8(b)(9) of the Guaranty Agreement is hereby amended on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date to read as follows:

(9) Investments as a result of Acquisitions, if each of the following conditions has been satisfied:  (i) immediately before and after giving effect to such Acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii)(A) if such Acquisition is a Qualified Acquisition, immediately before and after giving effect to such Acquisition, HOT-L.P. is in compliance with Section 8(k)(3) or (B) if such Acquisition is not a Qualified Acquisition, immediately before and after giving effect to such Acquisition,  the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis is not greater than (y) 3.00 to 1.00 if any of the 2011 Senior Notes are outstanding and (z) 3.25 to 1.00 if the 2011 Senior Notes are not outstanding or the maximum leverage ratio permitted under the 2011 Senior Note Agreement is increased to 3.50 to 1.00, (iii) immediately before and after giving effect to such Acquisition, Liquidity will be at least $25,000,000, (iv) such Acquisition shall not be opposed by the board of directors or similar governing body of the Person or assets being acquired and (v) if the Acquisition results in a Domestic Subsidiary being acquired having a net worth at the time of such Acquisition of more than $10,000,000, such Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser (x) a supplement to this Guaranty Agreement, (y) incumbency certificate, Organization Documents and documents evidencing due organization, valid existence, good standing and qualification to do business, and (z) a favorable opinion of counsel to such Person located in the jurisdiction of organization of such Person, in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser;

(c) Section 8(k)(3) of the Guaranty Agreement is hereby amended on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date to read as follows:

(3) Leverage Ratio.  Permit the Leverage Ratio to be greater than (i) 3.25 to 1.00 at any time during which any of the 2011 Senior Notes are outstanding and (ii) 3.50 to 1.00 at any time during which the 2011 Senior Notes are not outstanding or the maximum leverage ratio permitted under the 2011 Senior Note Agreement is increased to 3.50 to 1.00; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, and following the delivery of a Qualified Acquisition Notice, (A) for the fiscal quarter in which such Qualified Acquisition is consummated, the Leverage Ratio shall not at any time during thereof exceed 4.25 to 1.00, (B) for the first, second and third fiscal quarters immediately following the fiscal quarter in which such Qualified Acquisition was consummated, the Leverage Ratio shall not at any time during thereof exceed 4.00 to 1.00, and (C) for the fourth fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter in which such Qualified

2


 

Acquisition was consummated, the Leverage Ratio shall not at any time during thereof exceed 3.75 to1.00.

(d) Exhibit A , the Compliance Certificate, is hereby amended to be in the form of Exhibit A to this Fourth Amendment.

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE; NO EVENT OF DEFAULT .  By its execution and delivery hereof, each of the Guarantors represents and warrants that, as of the First Amendment Effective Date:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in the Guaranty Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct on such earlier date;

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default;

(c) (i) each Guarantor has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Fourth Amendment, (ii) this Fourth Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantors, and (iii) this Fourth Amendment and the Guaranty Agreement, as amended hereby, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, as the case may be, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except as rights to indemnity may be limited by federal or state securities laws;

(d) neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Fourth Amendment or the Guaranty Agreement, as amended hereby, nor the consummation of any transactions contemplated herein or therein, will conflict with any Law or Organization Documents of any of the Guarantors, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantors or any of their respective property is subject; and

(e) no authorization, approval, consent, or other action by, notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person not previously obtained is required for the execution, delivery or performance by any of the Guarantors of this Fourth Amendment.

3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS .  This Fourth Amendment shall be effective upon satisfaction or completion of the following:

(a) the Guarantied Party shall have received counterparts of this Fourth Amendment executed by each of the Guarantors and acknowledged by the Borrower;

(b) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 above shall be true and correct; and

3


 

(c) the Guarantied Party shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Guarantied Party and its counsel, such other documents, certificates and instruments as the Guarantied Party shall reasonably require.

4. REFERENCE TO THE GUARANTY AGREEMENT .

(a) Upon the effectiveness of this Fourth Amendment, each reference in the Guaranty Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Guaranty Agreement, as affected and amended hereby.

(b) The Guaranty Agreement, as amended by the amendments referred to above, shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

5. COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES .  The Guarantors agree to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Guarantied Party in connection with the preparation, reproduction, execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Guarantied Party with respect thereto).

6. BORROWER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT .  By signing below, the Borrower (a) acknowledges, consents and agrees to the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantors of this Fourth Amendment, (b) acknowledges and agrees that its obligations in respect of the Guaranty Agreement (i) are not released, diminished, waived, modified, impaired or affected in any manner by this Fourth Amendment or any of the provisions contemplated herein, (c) ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement, and (d) acknowledges and agrees that it has no claims or offsets against, or defenses or counterclaims to, its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

7. REPLACEMENT .  This Fourth Amendment replaces in all respects that certain Third Amendment to Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2016, among the Guarantors and the Guarantied Party, the terms and provisions of which shall be null and void.

8. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS .  This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  For purposes of this Fourth Amendment, a counterpart hereof (or signature page thereto) signed and transmitted by any Person party hereto to the Guarantied Party (or its counsel) by facsimile machine, telecopier or electronic mail is to be treated as an original.  The signature of such Person thereon, for purposes hereof, is to be considered as an original signature, and the counterpart (or signature page thereto) so transmitted is to be considered to have the same binding effect as an original signature on an original document.

9. GOVERNING LAW; BINDING EFFECT .  This Fourth Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, provided that each party shall retain all rights arising under federal law, and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

4


 

10. HEADINGS .  Section headings in this Fourth Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Fourth Amendment for any other purpose.

11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  THE GUARANTY AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED BY THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT, AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT



ORAL  AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL  AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

 

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amendment is executed as of the date first set forth above.

 


a Texas limited partnership

HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation, General Partner


a Bermuda company

 

 

 

 

 

 


a Texas corporation


a Texas limited partnership

HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation, General Partner


a Texas limited partnership

HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation, General Partner


a Nevada corporation


a New York corporation


a Massachusetts corporation


a Massachusetts corporation


a Delaware limited liability company


a Delaware limited liability company


an Oregon limited liability company

HEALTHY DIRECTIONS PUBLISHING, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

/s/ Brian L. Grass
Brian L. Grass
Title for all: Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Guaranty Agreement


 

GUARANTORS :

 

HELEN OF TROY L.P.,
a Texas limited partnership

By: HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation, General Partner

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED,
a Bermuda company

HELEN OF TROY LIMITED,

a Barbados corporation

HOT NEVADA, INC.,

a Nevada corporation

HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,

a Nevada corporation

HELEN OF TROY TEXAS CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation

IDELLE LABS LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership

By: HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation, General Partner

OXO INTERNATIONAL LTD.,
a Texas limited partnership

By: HELEN OF TROY NEVADA CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation, General Partner

PUR WATER PURIFICATION PRODUCTS, INC.,
a Nevada corporation

KAZ, INC.,
a New York corporation

Kaz USA, Inc.,
a Massachusetts corporation

KAZ CANADA, INC.,
a Massachusetts corporation

 

HEALTHY DIRECTIONS, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

DOCTORS’ PREFERRED, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

STEEL TECHNOLOGY, LLC,
an Oregon limited liability company

HEALTHY DIRECTIONS PUBLISHING, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By: /s/ Brian L. Grass
Brian L. Grass
Title for all: Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Guaranty Agreement


 

 

HELEN OF TROY MACAO COMMERCIAL OFFSHORE LIMITED,
a Macau corporation


By:
/s/ Vincent D. Carson
Name: Vincent D. Carson
Title: Director

 

 

 

NOTARIAL CERTIFICATE OF BRIAN L. GRASS

 

NOTARY PUBLIC DO HEREBY CERTIFY AND ATTEST that on the day of the date hereof personally came and appeared before me Brian L. Grass, the duly authorized Chief Financial Officer of Helen of Troy Limited, a Barbados corporation, one of the executing parties to the within written document and did in my presence sign and deliver the same as and for his free and voluntary act and deed.

 

IN FAITH AND TESTIMONY WHEREOF I the said Rosemary Vasquez have hereunto set and subscribed my name and caused my Seal of Office to be hereunto put and affixed this 24th day of January, 2017.

 

 

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Guaranty Agreement


 

GUARANTIED PARTY :

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Guarantied Party

By: /s/ Adam Rose

Name: Adam Rose
Title: SVP

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Guaranty Agreement


EXHIBIT 10.25

 

 

 

 

MISSISSIPPI BUSINESS FINANCE CORPORATION

to
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(successor to Deutsche Bank National Trust Company),

as Trustee

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST INDENTURE

Dated effective as of December 1, 2016

 

Relating to:

Mississippi Business Finance Corporation
Taxable Industrial Development Revenue Bonds, Series 2013
(Helen of Troy Olive Branch, MS Project)

 

 

 


 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST INDENTURE dated as of December 7, 2016 but effective as of December 1, 2016 (the “Supplemental Indenture”) between the MISSISSIPPI BUSINESS FINANCE CORPORATION, a public corporation duly created and validly existing pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the State of Mississippi (the “Issuer”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor to Deutsche Bank National Trust Company), Olive Branch, Mississippi, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Trustee”), evidencing the agreement of the parties hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee are parties to that certain Trust Indenture dated as of March 1, 2013, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Trust Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2014, and that certain Second Supplemental Trust Indenture dated as of February 18, 2015 but effective as of February 1, 2015 (said Trust Indenture, as supplemented, the “Indenture”) relating to the issuance of the $38,000,000 maximum aggregate principal amount of Mississippi Business Finance Corporation Taxable Industrial Development Revenue Bonds, Series 2013 (Helen of Troy Olive Branch, MS Project), dated as of March 20, 2013 (the “Bonds”);

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Trustee have been directed by Kaz USA, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), and Bank of America, N.A. (the “Purchaser”) to amend the Indenture pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture as provided herein;

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, each of the Issuer and the Trustee have agreed to amend the applicable provisions of the Indenture to the extent specified below upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Section 2. Amendment to the Indenture.  The definition of “Base Rate” set forth in Section 1.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Base Rate” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate in effect for such day plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1%; and if the Base Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Indenture.  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Federal Funds Rate, the prime rate or the rate for such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be effective

1

 


 

from and including the effective date of such change in the Federal Funds Rate, the prime rate or such Eurodollar Rate.

Section 3. Ratification.  Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the provisions of the Indenture shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect, and, as amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects agreed to, ratified and confirmed by the Issuer and the Trustee.  Any holder of the Bonds, and all successive transferees of the Bonds, by accepting such Bond, are deemed to have agreed to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 4. Severability.  In the event any provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof.

Section 5. Execution in Counterparts.  This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 6.  Applicable Law.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Mississippi.

 

2

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mississippi Business Finance Corporation has caused these presents to be signed in its name and behalf and its official seal to be hereunto affixed and attested by its duly authorized officers, and U.S. Bank National Association (successor to Deutsche Bank National Trust Company), as Trustee, has caused these presents to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officer, all as of the day and year first above written.

MISSISSIPPI BUSINESS FINANCE

[SEAL] CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:  /s/ E. F. Mitcham

Executive Director

 

Attest:

 

Secretary

 

/s/ Larry Mobley

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(successor to Deutsche Bank National

Trust Company), as Trustee

 

 

 

By:  /s/ Gail Wilson

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

1

 


 

Consented to:

 

 

BORROWER:

 

KAZ USA, INC.

 

 

 

By: /s/ Brian L. Grass

Title: CFO

 

 

 

BONDHOLDER:

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

 

By: /s/ Adam Rose

Title: SVP

 

2

 


 

EXHIBIT 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The following is a list of subsidiaries of the company as of February 28, 2017, omitting subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate, would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

    

Incorporation

    

Doing Business as

 

 

 

 

 

Helen of Troy Limited

 

Barbados

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

Helen of Troy Comercial Offshore de Macau Limitada

 

Macau

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

Helen of Troy L.P.

 

Texas Limited Partnership

 

Same Name, Helen of Troy and Belson Products

 

 

 

 

 

Idelle Labs, Ltd.

 

Texas Limited Partnership

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

OXO International Ltd.

 

Texas Limited Partnership

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

HOT (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

Same Name, HOT UK and OXO Goodgrips

 

 

 

 

 

Steel Technologies, LLC

 

Oregon

 

Same Name and Hydro Flask

 

 

 

 

 

Healthy Directions, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

Kaz, Inc.

 

New York

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

Kaz USA, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

Pur Water Purification Products, Inc.

 

Nevada

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

Kaz Europe S à rl

 

Switzerland

 

Same Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 


EXHIBIT 23.1

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

 

The Board of Directors

Helen of Troy Limited

We have issued our reports dated May 1, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule, and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries on Form 10-K for the year ended February 28, 2017.  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Helen of Troy Limited and Subsidiaries on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-154525; File No. 333-154526; File No. 333-153658;  File No. 333-67349; File No. 333-90776; File No. 333-128832; and File No. 333-178217); and Form S-3 (File No. 333-208470).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Julien R. Mininberg, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Helen of Troy Limited;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

 

Date: May 1, 2017

 

/s/ Julien R. Mininberg

Julien R. Mininberg

Chief Executive Officer,

Director and Principal Executive Officer

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Brian L. Grass, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Helen of Troy Limited;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

 

Date: May 1, 2017

 

/s/ Brian L. Grass

Brian L. Grass

Chief Financial Officer
and Principal Financial Officer

 


 

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Helen of Troy Limited (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), and pursuant to 18 U.S.C., chapter 63, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer and Director and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies that to the best of their knowledge:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: May 1, 2017

 

/s/ Julien R. Mininberg

Julien R. Mininberg

Chief Executive Officer,

Director and Principal Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Brian L. Grass

Brian L. Grass

Chief Financial Officer

and Principal Financial Officer

 

This certification is not deemed to be “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification is not deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.